Volume-4 Issue-1

 Download Abstract Book

S. No

Volume-4 Issue-1, October 2014, ISSN:  2249-8958 (Online)
Published By: Blue Eyes Intelligence Engineering & Sciences Publication Pvt. Ltd. 

Page No.

1.

Authors:

Vinod Kumar Rajpurohit, N.G.  Gore, V. G. Sayagavi

Paper Title:

Analysis of Structure Supported on Elastic Foundation

Abstract:    This study presents an analysis of beams, columns and raft, in a multistoried building structure, supported by elastic foundation. The structure is analyzed using E-Tab and Safe   software for three different values of modulus of subgrade reaction ‘K’ pertaining to different soil types, and it has been compared with the structure having fixed supports representing rigid base. The analysis highlights the fact that significant alteration of displacements, design forces and moments occur in the beams, columns and raft. The analysis also brings out the fact that settlement in a raft foundation depends on the stiffness of the soil. The settlement of raft at different values of modulus of subgrade reactions were analysed and compare with rigid support raft. The objective of this research is to develop a workable approach for the analysis of plates on elastic foundations that will provide the designer with realistic stress values for use in The design of the plate or, more specifically, reinforced concrete raft slabs.

Keywords:
  Soil – structure interaction,  modulus of subgrade, Winkler model , raft slab.


References:

1.        Bowles J. E., Foundation Analysis and Design, McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1982.
2.        John S. Horvath., “Practical  Subgrade  Model  for  Improved  Soil-Structure Interaction Analysis : Software Implementation,” Practice Periodical on Structural Design and Construction, Vol. 15, No. 4,November 1, 2010.

3.        Civalek O., “Nonlinear analysis of thin rectangular plates on Winkler–Pasternak elastic foundations by DSC–HDQ methods,” Applied Mathematical Modeling 31, 2007. p. 606–624.

4.        Daloglu A. T. and Vallabhan C. V. G., “Values of K for slab on Winkler foundation” Journal of Geotechnical and Geo-environmental Engineering, Vol. 126, No. 5, 2000. p. 361-371.

5.        Fwa T.F., Shi X.P. and Tan S.A., “Use of Pasternak foundation model in concrete pavement analysis” Journal of Transportation Engineering, Vol. 122, No. 4, 1996, p. 323-328.

6.        Horvath J. S., “Modulus of subgrade reaction: new perspective,” Journal of Geotechnical Engineering, Vol. 109, No. 12, 1983, p. 1591-1596.                              

7.        Kasmalkar B. J., Foundation Engineering, Pune Vidyarthi Griha Publication, 1991.

8.        Kerr A. D., “Elastic and visco-elastic foundation models.” Journal of Applied Mechanics, ASCE, 31, 1964. p. 491-498.

9.        Liou G. S. and Lai S.C., “Structural analysis model for mat foundations,” Journal of Structural Engineering, Vol. 122, No.9, 1996. p. 1114-1117.

10.     Mishra R. C. and Chakrabarti S. K., “Rectangular plates resting on tensionless elastic foundation: some new results”, Journal of Engineering Mechanics, Vol. 122, No.4, 1996.  p. 385-387. 

11.     Nasreddin el Mezaini, “Effects of soil-structure interaction on the analysis of cylindrical tanks” Practice Periodical on Structural Design and Construction, Vol. 11, No.1, 2006.  p. 50-57. 

12.     Shi X.P., Tan S.A. and Fwa T.F., “Rectangular thick plate with free edges on Pasternak foundation” Journal of Engineering Mechanics, Vol. 120, No.5, 1994. p. 971-988.
13.     Stavridis L. T., “Simplified analysis of layered soil-structure interaction,” Journal of Structural Engineering, Vol.128, No. 2, 2002.  p. 224-230.
14.     Timoshenko S. P. and Goodlier, J. N., Theory of Elasticity, McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1970.

15.     Viladkar M. N., Karisiddappa, Bhargava P. and Godbole P.N., 2006, “Static soil–structure interaction response of hyperbolic cooling towers to symmetrical wind loads,” Engineering Structures, Volume 28, Issue 9, Pages 1236-1251.    

16.     Wang C. M., Xiang Y. and Wang Q., 2001, “Axisymmetric buckling of reddy circular plates on Pasternak foundation,” Journal of Engineering Mechanics, Vol. 127, No. 3.

17.     Yang W., Weiss W. J. and Shah S. P., “Predicting shrinkage stress field in concrete slab on elastic subgrade” Journal of Engineering Mechanics, Vol. 126, No.1, 2000. p. 35-42.

18.     Yin J-H., “Comparative modeling study of reinforced beam on elastic foundation.” Journal of Geotechnical and Geo-environmental Engineering, ASCE, 126(3), 2000. p. 265-271.

1-6

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

2.

Authors:

Achuthanunni V, Baiju B

Paper Title:

Experimental Investigation of a Diesel-Biodiesel Fuelled Compression Ignition Engine with Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)

Abstract:    Biodiesel is derived from vegetable oils or animal fats through transesterification process. There are many advantages of biodiesel but it is not so popular because of high  NOx emission. In order to reduce NOx emission from the engine, it is necessary to keep peak combustion temperature under control. EGR technique is one of the method to reduce NOx emission as it enables lower flame temperature and oxygen concentration in combustion chamber. The main objective of this paper is to fabricate an exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) set up for the CI engine and produce biodiesel from sunflower oil then investigates the usage of biodiesel in the diesel engine without any engine modification. Experiments are conducted in a single cylinder, four-stroke diesel engine with 10 % EGR and without EGR. The result shows that 40% NOx emission is reduced by using EGR and the performance of biodiesel was found to be comparable with diesel at all loads.

Keywords:
   Biodiesel, EGR, Emission, NOX. Nomenclature— MEGR mass of gas re circulated (kg/s) MTOTAL mass of air intake (kg/s)


References:

1.       G. O Pooja Ghodasara, Mayur Ghodasara. Experimental studies on emission and performance characteristics in diesel engine using biodiesel blend and EGR(Exhaust gas recirculation) International Journal of Emerging Technology and Advanced Engineering 2250-2459, 2012.
2.       M. Ahmad, S. Ahmed, F. Ul-Hassan, M. Arashad, M. Khan, M. Zafar, and S. Sultana. Base catalyzed transesterification of sunflower oil Bio-diesel. African Journal of Biotechnology, vol. 9, pp. 8630-8635, 2010.

3.       B. Baiju, M.K. Naik, L.M. Das. A comparative evaluation of compression ignition engine characteristics using methyl and ethyl esters of Karanja oil. Indian Institute of Technology Delhi, India. Renewable energy 1616-1621, 2009.

4.       H.E. Saleh Experimental study on diesel engine nitrogen oxide reduction running with jojoba methyl ester by exhaust gas recirculation Fuel 88, 1357–1364, 2009.

5.       B. Baiju, L.M. Das,M.K.G Babu,  The effect of using high FFA rubber seed based biodiesel with cold and hot EGR on performance and emissions of a CI engine Indian Institute of Technology Delhi, India. ICES2008-1635, 2008.

6.       N. Saravanan, G. Nagarajan An experimental investigation on performance and emissions study with port injection using diesel as an ignition source for different EGR flow rates international journal of hydrogen energy 33, 4456 – 4462, 2008.

7.       A. Tsolakis, A. Megaritis, M.L. Wyszynski, K. Theinnoi Engine performance and emissions of a diesel engine operating on diesel-RME (rapeseed methyl ester) blends with EGR (exhaust gas recirculation) Energy 32, 2072–2080, 2007.

8.       Deepak Agarwal, Shailendra Sinha, Avinash Kumar Agarwal, Experimental investigation of control of NOx emissions in biodiesel-fueled compression ignition engine Renewable Energy 31 pp 2356-2369, 2006.

9.       Agarwal, D., Singh, S. K., Agarwal, A. K. Effect of Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) on performance, emissions, deposits and durability of a constant speed compression ignition engine, Applied Energy, 88:2900–2907, 2011.

7-10

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

3.

Authors:

P. Sathia prathap, V. S. K. Vengatachalapathy, K. Planiradja

Paper Title:

Machining of Hybrid Metal Matrix Composites and its Further Improvement-A Review

Abstract:    In the present study based on the literature review, the machining of hybrid aluminium metal matrix composite (Al/SiC/B4C) is discussed. These hybrid MMCs can easily be machined by CNC milling and a good surface quality can be obtained by controlling the machining parameters. These hybrid metal matrix composites (hybrid MMCS) are finding increased applications because of improved mechanical and tribological properties than the single reinforced composites. These materials are developed for engine blocks, bearing for steering system, propeller vanes, drive shafts in aircraft. The machining of hybrid MMCs and their improvements by use of CNC milling are discussed.

Keywords:
   Metal matrix composites (MMCs), Ceramics particulates, Hybrid metal matrix composites (HMMCs), Computer numerical control (CNC) milling machine.


References:

1.       Sahin Y.KokM. Celik H.; “Tool wear and surface roughness of Al2O3 particle-reinforced aluminium alloy composites”, Journal of material processing technology 128 (2002) pp. 280-291.
2.       Kok M. Ozdin K.; “Wear of aluminium alloy and its composites reinforced by Al2O3 surface particles”, Journal of material processing technology 183 (2007) pp. 301-309.

3.       Ali Kalkanli. Sencer Yilmaz.; “Synthesis and characterization of aluminium alloy 7075 reinforced with silicon carbide particulates”, (2007).

4.       Suresh Kumar Reddy N. Shin Kwang-Sup.; “Experimental study of surface integrity during end milling of Al/SiC particulate metal-matrix composites”, Journal of material processing technology 201 (2007) pp.574-579.

5.       Manoj single and Deepak dwivedi D.; “Development of aluminium based silicon carbide particulate metal matrix composite”, Journal of Minerals & Material Characterization & Engineering, Vol. 8, No.6, (2009) pp.455-467.

6.       Riaz Ahamed A. Paravasu Asokan. Sivanandan Aravindan M, Prakash K.; “Drilling of Hybrid Al- 5% SiC- 5% B4C particulate metal matrix composite”, Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology (2009) 49:871-877.

7.       Seeman M. Ganesan G. Karthikeyan R. Velayudham A.; “Study on tool wear and surface roughness in machining of particulate aluminum metal matrix composite-response surface methodology approach”, Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology (2010) 48:613-624.

8.       Sasimurugan T. and Palanikumar K.; “Analysis of the Machining characteristics on Surface Roughness of a hybrid Aluminium Metal Matrix Composite (Al6061-SiC-Al2O3)”, Journal of Minerals & Material Characterization & Engineering, Vol. 10, No.13, (2011) pp.1213-1224.

9.       Muthukrishnan N. Paulo Davim J.; “An investigation of the effect of work piece reinforcing percentage on the machinability of Al-SiC metal matrix composites”, Journal of mechanical Engineering Research, Vol. 3(1), pp. 15-24  No.13, (2011).

10.     Arun Premnath A. Alwarsamy T. Abhinav T Adithya Krishnakant C.; “Surface Roughness Prediction by Response Surface Methodology in Milling of Hybrid Aluminium Composites”, Procedia Engineering 38 (2012) pp.745-752.

11.     Uvarja V. Natarajan N.; “Optimization of friction and wear Behavior in hybrid Metal Matrix Composites Using Taguchi Technique”, Journal of Minerals & Material Characterization & Engineering, 2012, 11, pp.757-768.

12.     Pragnesh R. Patel V A.; “Effect of machining parameters on surface roughness and power consumption for 6063 Al alloy TiC Composites”, International Journal of Engineering research and Application Vol. 2, Issue 4, 2012,  pp.295-300.

13.     Mahesh Babu T S. Aldrin Sugin M S. Muthukrishnan N.; “Investigation on the characteristics of surface quality on machining of hybrid metal matrix composite (Al-SiC-B4C)”, Procedia Engineering 38 (2012) 2617-2624.

14.     Wang T. Xie L J. Wang X B.; “surface integrity of high speed milling of Al/SiC/65p aluminium matrix composites”, Procedia CIRP 8 (2013) 475-480.

15.     Rajkumar K. Maria Antony Charles J. Vinoth Kumar K.; “Mechanical and Machining Characteristics of Al/B4C metal Matrix Composites”, Conference on Emerging trends in Mechanical Engineering 2013.

16.     Gopal Krishna U B. Sreenivas Rao K V. Vasudeva B.; “Effect of boron carbide reinforcement on aluminium matrix composites”, International Journal of metallurgical & materials science and Engineering Vol. 3, Issue I, 2012, pp.41-48.

17.     Sourabh Gargatta. RahulR.Upadhye Venkatesh S. Dandagi.; “Preparation and Characterization of Al-5083 Alloy Composites”, Journal of Minerals & Material Characterization & Engineering, (2011), 1, pp.1213-1224.

11-15

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

4.

Authors:

Rajagopal D, Varun S, Manikanth M, Bysani Somasai Sriram Kumar

Paper Title:

Automobile Leaf Spring from Composite Materials

Abstract:   Automobiles today are over 63% iron and steel by weight .With rising energy and environmental concerns, as well as increases in electronics and other on-board vehicle systems. Vehicle light-weighting continues to be a prominent concern for vehicle manufacturers. New structural materials – metals, ceramics, polymers or hybrid materials derived from these, called composites – open a promising avenue in automobile industries. This paper describes design and experimental analysis of composite leaf spring made of glass fiber reinforced polymer. The objective is to compare the load carrying capacity, stiffness and weight savings of composite leaf spring with that of steel leaf spring and describes the significant economic potential of polymer composite and to replace automobile components (leaf Spring) against the steel.

Keywords:
   polymers, ceramics, composites, leaf spring.


References:

1.        Hawang, W., Han, K. S. Fatigue of Composites – Fatigue Modulus Concept and Life Prediction Journal of Composite Materials, 1986.
2.        Dharam, C. K. Composite Materials Design and Processes for Automotive Applications. The Asme Winter Annual Meeting, San Francisco, 1978. 

3.        Springer, George S., Kollar, Laszloa P. Mechanics of Composite Structures. Cambridge University Press, New York, 2003.

4.        Al-Qureshi, H. A. Automobile Leaf Springs from Composite Materials, Journal of Processing Technology, 2001.

16-18

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

5.

Authors:

Zar Khitab, Farooq Ahmed Bhatti

Paper Title:

5 GHz Voltage Controlled Oscillations for Frequency Agile RADAR, with Initial Frequency Tuning Capacitor

Abstract:    This Paper presents voltage controlled oscillator at 5GHz, 300 MHz bandwidth, and up to 50 kHz wide pulse repetition frequency, for pulse to pulse frequency agile radar. Negative-resistance method with initial frequency tuning capacitor is used in design. The frequency tuning is based on resonant capacitance for varying controlled voltage. The oscillator peak out power is 7.7 dBm, minimum output power in 300 MHz range is 6.997 dBm.  First harmonic have power -7.793 dBm. Peak voltage deviation of 12249mV occurs for 34.025 MHz band.  The proposed oscillator satisfies standard requirements to generate oscillation frequency for wide band radar systems. Suppressed harmonics and lesser variation in output power throughout 300MHz chip enhances the receive sensitivity of RADAR.  

Keywords:   frequency agile radar, Harmonics, output power variation, Voltage Controlled Oscillator.

References:

1.       Branislav LOJKO, Peter FUCH., “A Contribution to the VCO modeling and simulation.” 2009 IEEE.
2.       Craninckx, J. and Steyaert, M., “Low-noise voltage controlled oscillators using enhanced LC-tanks,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems II: Analog and Digital Signal Processing.  vol.42, no.12, pp.794-804. 1995

3.       Antonio Buonomo, Alessandro Lo Schiavo. “The Effect of Parameter Mismatches in RF VCO.” 2008 IEEE.

4.       Wang Xiantaiy, Shen Huajun, Jin Zhi, Chen Yanhu, and Liu Xinyu, “A 6 GHz high power and low phase noise VCO using an InGaP/GaAs HBT,” Vol.30, No.2 Journal of Semiconductors, 2008 IEEE.

5.       Bharadwaj, kumar vijay mishra and v. chandrasekar, “waveform considerations for dual-polarization doppler weather radar with solid-state transmitters”, 2009 IEEE.

6.       S.Y Lee, S. Amakawa, N. Ishihara, K. Masu, “Low-Phase-Noise Wide-Frequency-Range Differential Ring-VCO with Non-Integral Subharmonic Locking in 0.18 μm CMOS.” Proceedings of the 40th European Microwave Conference. 2010 EuMA.

7.       M. R. Basar, F. Malek, Khairudi M. Juni, M. I. M. Saleh, M. Shaharom Idris. “A Low Power 2.4-GHz Current Reuse VCO for Low Power Miniaturized Transceiver System.” 2012 IEEE International Conference on Electronics Design, Systems and Applications (ICEDSA)

8.       S. L. Jang, S. S. Lin, C. W. Chang, and S. H. Hsu, “Quadrature VCO Formed with Two Colpitts VCO Coupled via an LC-Ring Resonator,”

9.       Progress In Electromagnetics Research C, vol. 24, pp. 185-196, 2011.

19-22

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

6.

Authors:

P. Roseline, B. Ramesh, Ch. V. V. Manga Lakshmi

Paper Title:

Performance Analysis of Twenty Seven Level Asymmetrical Cascaded H-Bridge Multi Level Inverter Fed Three Phase Induction Motor Drive

Abstract:   Multilevel inverters are suitable of high power handling capacity, associated with lower output harmonics and lower commutation losses. But the main disadvantages of multi level inverters are complexity, requiring a more number of power devices and passive components, and complex control circuitry. Hence a Twenty Seven Level Cascaded H-Bridge multi level inverter (CHBMLI) topology is proposed which requires only twelve switches and those switches are controlled by using of New PWM technique i.e., POD (Phase Opposition Disposition) modulation method whereas Twenty switches are required in the cascaded H- bridge multi level inverter (CHBMLI) for Eleven Level by using of Repeating sequence method. The proposed cascaded H- bridge multi level inverter topology offers strong advantages such as improved output waveforms, smaller filter size, and lower electromagnetic interference. Here an asymmetrical configuration of Twenty Seven-level inverter (TSLI) based Cascaded H-Bridge Multi Level topology fed Three Phase Induction Motor Drive performance is analyzed and compared with CHBMLI with Repeating sequence as switching technique. The performance factors are obtained at both transient and steady state operating conditions with usage of minimum number of switches so that switching losses can be reduced effectively with cascaded H- bridge multi level approach.

Keywords:
   Cascaded H-Bridge Multi Level Inverter, Phase opposition disposition, Twenty seven level inverter, Total harmonic distortion. 


References:

1.        Y. Li, D. M. Vilathgamuwa, and P. C. Loh, ―Design, analysis, and real time testing of a controller for multi bus micro grid system,‖ IEEE Trans. Power Electronics, vol. 19, no. 5, pp. 1195-1204, Sept. 2004.
2.        N. Hatziargyriou, H. Asano, R. Iravani, and C. Marnay, ―Micro grids,‖ IEEE Power and Energy Magazine, vol. 5, no. 4, pp. 78-94, Jul./Aug. 2007.

3.        F. Katiraei, R. Iravani, N. Hatziargyriou, and A. Dimeas, ―Micro grids management,‖ IEEE Power and Energy Magazine, vol. 6, no. 3, pp 54- 65, May/Jun., 2008.

4.        C. L. Chen, Y. Wang, J. S. Lai, Y. S. Lee, and D. Martin, ―Design of parallel inverters for smooth mode transfer micro grid applications,‖IEEE Trans. Power Electronics, vol. 25, no. 1, pp. 6-15, Jan. 2010.

5.        C. T. Pan, C. M. Lai, and M. C. Cheng, ―A novel high step-up ratio inverter for distributed energy resources (DERs),‖ IEEE International Power Electronics Conference-ECCE Asia, pp.1433-1437, 2010.

6.        C. T. Pan, C. M. Lai, and M. C. Cheng ―A novel integrated singlephase inverter with an auxiliary step-up circuit for low-voltage alternative energy source application,‖ IEEE Trans. Power Electronics, vol. 25, no. 9, pp. 2234-2241, Sep. 2010.

7.        F. Blaabjerg, Z. Chen, and S. B. Kjaer, ―Power electronics as efficient interface in dispersed power generation systems,‖ IEEE Trans. Power Electronics, vol. 19, no. 5, pp. 1184-1194, Sep. 2004.

8.        D. G. Infield, P. Onions, A. D. Simmons, and G. A. Smith, ―Power quality from multiple grid-connected single-phase inverters,‖ IEEE Trans. Power Delivery, vol. 19, no. 4, pp. 1983-1989, Oct. 2004.

9.        S. B. Kjaer, J. K. Pedersen, and F. Blaabjerg ―A review of singlephase grid-connected inverters for photovoltaic modules,‖ IEEE Trans. Industry Applications, vol. 41, no. 5, pp. 1292-1306, Sep./Oct. 2005.

10.     O. Lopez, R.Teodorescu, and J. Doval-Gandoy, ―Multilevel transformer less topologies for single-phase grid-connected converters‖ IEEE Industrial Electronics Conference, pp. 5191-5196, 2006.

11.     T. Kerekes, R. Teodorescu, and U. Borup, ―Transformer less photovoltaic inverters connected to the grid,‖ IEEE Applied Power Electronics Conference, pp. 1733-1737, 2007.

12.     G. Ceglia, V. Guzman, C. Sanchez, F. Ibanez, J. Walter, and M. I. Gimenez, ―A new simplified multilevel inverter topology for DC-AC conversion,‖ IEEE Trans. Power Electronics, vol. 21, no. 5, pp. 1311- 1319, Sep. 2006

13.     N. A. Rahim and J. Selvaraj, ―Multistring five-level inverter with novel PWM control scheme for PV application,‖ IEEE Trans. Power Electronics, vol. 57, no. 6, pp. 2111-2123, Jun. 2010

14.     C. T. Pan, W. C. Tu, and C. H. Chen, ―A novel GZV-based multilevel single phase inverter, Taiwan Power Electronics conference, pp. 1391- 1396, Sep. 2010.

15.     P. Suresh kumar, J.Hema sundar- Three Phase Multi string Multi level Inverter for Renewable Energy Resources with Induction Motor Drive, (IJLAEEE), Vol-2,Issue-2,2013.

16.     Ch. V.V. Manga Lakshmi, B. Ramesh, Dr. K. Sathyanarayana – Performance Analysis of Eleven Level Asymmetrical Multi String Multi Level Inverter fed Three Phase Induction Motor Drive (IJAST), Volume-7, No.6, pp no.37-46,  Dec.2013.

23-28

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

7.

Authors:

Hashim Hanif, Yasar Saleem, Zuhaib Aslam Shahid, Abdullah Hanif, Anwar Zeb

Paper Title:

Assessment of Extension of Time Claims in Hydropower Projects of Pakistan

Abstract:    The occurrence of delay in construction industry is a regular trend all over the world which is caused by number of factors. The Hydropower projects are no exception to such delays. It is difficult to find a Hydropower project in Pakistan not experiencing delay. Construction Industry in Pakistan is transforming itself into a very well organized and scientifically managed industry over the past one decade. It is observed that Construction Management issues related to mega projects such as Hydropower Projects, still need to be addressed. First step in finding out the causes of Extension of Time Claims in Hydropower Projects is to identify the factors that significantly contribute towards the deformation of triple constraint (Cost, Scope and Time) of Construction Projects. This research has been carried out on nine (15) Hydropower Projects in Pakistan, which have been completed in last 10 years or are in execution phase of construction. Survey questionnaires were created to collect data from all project stakeholders comprising of clients, consultants and contractors. In addition, these projects were physically visited and Project Management Documents related to all phases were reviewed. The causes leading to delays have been identified and ranked with the help of these questionnaires and reviews. A variety of Techniques have been employed for the assessment of Extension of Time Claims, main purpose of this study was therefore to analyze different Techniques which are used in Pakistan and to probe the reasons for delay in the assessment and submission of EOT. The demographic data of the respondents have also been collected in order to ensure the responses were not biased and to point out the phase that is more prone to delays. They were ranked using the relative importance index (RII) as well as Pareto Analysis. Research revealed that the delay in interim payment certificates, land acquisition problems, delay in issuance of construction drawings, lack of baseline schedule and poor design were among the leading contributing factors leading to Extension of Time Claims. Based on the lessons learnt after conclusion of such projects around the world and experience of managers at all levels associated to Hydropower Projects, this study also recommends measures to curb the causes of delays so that the construction process can be optimized.

Keywords:
   Extension of Time, (EOT), Delay Causes, Construction Industry and Hydropower Projects


References:

1.       T. Williams, “Assessing extension of time delays on major projects.”  International Journal of Project Management. vol. 21, pp. 19-26,
2.       Lew Yoke-Lian. Assessment of Extension of Time Claims in Malaysian Construction industry. International Journal of Engineering & Technology Vol 4, No 4, August, 2012.

3.       Assaf S.A. and Al-Hejji S. (2006). Causes of delay in large building construction projects. International Journal of Project Management 24(4):pp. 349-357.

4.       Fugar, F D K and AgyakwahBaah, A B (2010) ‘Delays in building construction projects in Ghana’, Australasian Journal of Construction Economics and Building, 10 (1/2) 103116

5.       Fagbenle, O.I., Adeyemi, A.Y., and Adesanya, D.A. (2004) ‘The impact of non-financial incentives on briclayers’ productivity in Nigeria’, Construction Management and Economics, 22, 899-911

6.       Aibinu,  Jagboro GO. The effects of construction delays on project delivery in Nigerian construction industry.  International Journal Project Management 2002; 20:593–9

7.       M.Hasseb, Luxinhai, annesa Bibi, Qazi Ghulam Raqeeb, A case study on Importance of delay causes in Construction Projects of Pakistan, Asian Journal of Business and Management Sciences Vol. 1 No. 10 [94-101]

29-33

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

8.

Authors:

Tejas G. Gaikwad, N. G. Gore, V. G. Sayagavi, Kiran Madhavi, Sandeep Pattiwar

Paper Title:

Effect of Wind Loading on Analysis of Natural Draught Hyperbolic Cooling Tower

Abstract:   Natural draught cooling towers are very common in modern days thermal and nuclear power stations. These towers with very small shell thickness are exceptional structures by their sheer size and sensitivity to horizontal loads. These are the hyperbolic shells of revolution in form and are supported on closely spaced inclined columns. Wind loading on NDCT governs critical cases and requires research. This paper emphasize on effect of wind on Natural draught hyperbolic cooling tower. The slenderness of the columns and the large dimensions of the shell make these structures vulnerable to earthquake and wind disturbances. In this work efficient Analysis & design of cooling tower is presented with V- shape configuration of Raker column. Finite element modeling of cooling tower shell is done which divide shell into number of plates to apply wind loading on each plate. Gust method and Peak wind Methods are adopted to apply wind load. For this purpose models are workout on Staad Pro V8i to give comparative results of analysis, design and constructability. Effective wind analysis can be done with the help of this methodology.

Keywords:
   hyperbolic cooling tower, nonlinear inelastic behavior, principal stresses on shell, dynamic Stresses, finite element analysis


References:

1.        S. Arunachalam a, S.P. Govindaraju b, N. Lakshmanan “Across-Wind Aerodynamic Parameters Of Tall Chimneys With Circular Structure“, ASCE Journal of Engineering Structures, pp.502–520, 2001.
2.        Alok David John, Ajay Gairola, Eshan Ganju, Anant Gupta, “Design Wind Loads On Reinforced Concrete Chimney Experimental Case Study” Journal of Procedia Engineering, pp. 1252–1257,2011.

3.        By P. Srinivasa Rao t and K. Ramanjaneyulu, “Stability Of Cooling Tower Shell with Modified Wind Pressure Coefficient”. ASCE Journal of Engineering Mechanics, Vol.: 119, pp.-2207-2225, 1993.

4.        M.N. Viladkara, Karisiddappab, P. Bhargavaa,, P.N. Godbolec “Static Soil–Structure Interaction Response Of Hyperbolic Cooling Towers to Symmetrical Wind Loads” IEEE Journal of Engineering Structures, pp. 1236–1251, 2006.

5.        Salman H. Abu-Sitta, “Dynamic Wind Stresses in Hyperbolic Cooling Tower” ASCE Journal of structural engineering, Sep-1973.

6.        Mohmoud G. Hashish, “Response of Hyperbolic Cooling Towers to Turbulent Wind” ASCE Journal of structural engineering, May-1974.

7.        Ray L. Steinmetz, “Hyperbolic Cooling Towers with Dynamic Response to Wind” ASCE Journal of structural engineering, Jan-1978.

8.        John Armit, “Wind Loading on Cooling Tower” ASCE Journal of structural engineering, Mar-1980.

9.        Hans. Jirgen Niemann

10.     Norman J. Solienberger “Wind Loading and Response of Cooling Tower”,ASCE Journal of structural engineering Division, Mar-1980.

11.     J.D.Gurney & J.A.Cotter, Cooling Tower, Maclaren and Sons Ltd, London, 1966.

12.     G.C.Parkinson, Cooling Towers in India, L.G. Mochel & Parteners, Consulting Engineering, London, 1974.

13.     Robert Burger, Cooling Tower Technology (Maintenance,Upgrading and Rebuilding), Fermont Press, 1994.

14.     Natural Draught Hyperbolic Cooling Tower –FerryBridge and after, London, 1967.

15.     K.K.Mckelvey & Maxey Brooke, The Industrial Cooling Tower, Elsevier Publishing Company, 1959.

16.     IS 875 (1987), “Indian standard code of practice for design loads (other than earthquake) for building and structures, Part 3, Wind loads”, Indian StandardInstitution.

17.     IS 11504 (1985), “Indian standard-Criteria for structural design of reinforcement concrete natural draught cooling towers”, Indian Standard Institution.

18.     BS 4485 (1996), “British standard for water cooling towers, Part 4, Code of practice for structural design and construction” ,British Standard Institution.

19.     BS 6399 (1997), “British standard for Loading for Building, Part 2, Code of practice for wind loads”, British Standard Institution

20.     IS 1893 (Part 1):2002,”Indian Standard Criteria For Earthquake Resistant Design Of Structures”

21.     BS 8110-1:1997,”Structural Use Of Concrete Part 1: Code Of Practice For Design And Construction”

22.     BS 4485 (1975), “British standard for water cooling towers, Part 4, Code of practice for structural design and construction” ,British Standard Institution.

34-39

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

9.

Authors:

Akanksha Singh, Sini Shibu, Shatendra Dubey

Paper Title:

Recent Image Enhancement Techniques: A Review

Abstract:    This paper reviews various image enhancement techniques both in spatial and frequency domains and compared them to suggest a method for a high SNR, enhanced and perceptually clearer images while preserving the image`s original colour. Histogram equalisation, low pass filter, fuzzy based image enhancement, Stochastic Resonance in different domains and colour enhancement techniques are being discussed and their effectiveness is gauged and to compare them with various available image enhancement techniques using well defined performance matrices and performance parameters.

Keywords:
   Image enhancement, DCT, DWT, Noise, Stochastic Resonance


References:

1.       Umbaugh Scot E, Computer Vision and Image Processing, Prentice Hall, NJ, 1998, ISBN 0-13-264599-8.
2.       Abend, K., Harley, T. J., and Kanal, L. N. (1965). “Classification of binary random patterns”. IEEE Transactions on Information Theory, 11(4):538–544.

3.       Hassner, M. and Slansky, J. (1980). “The use of Markov random field as models of texture”. Computer Graphics Image Processing, 12, 357-370.

4.       S. Geman And D. Geman, “Stochastic Relaxation,Gibbs Distributions, and The Bayesian Restoration of Images”, IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. Pami-6, No. 6, November 1984

5.       J.M. Prewitt (1970). Object Enhancement and Extraction in Picture Processing and Psychopictorics, eds. B.S. Lipkin and A. Rosenfeld, Academic Press, pages 75-149, 1970.

6.       Y.A. Tolias, S. M. Panas, “Image Segmentation by a Fuzzy Clustering Algorithm using Adaptive Spatially Constrained Membership Functions”. IEEE Trans. Systems, Man, Cybernet., Vol. 28, 1998, pp. 359–369.

7.       I. Lizarazo,  J. Barros, “Fuzzy Image Segmentation for Urban Land-Cover Classification”, Page(s) 6, ISPRS Proceedings, 2008.

8.       R. Krishnapuram, S. Medasani, “Recovery of geometric properties of binary objects from blurred images”, International Joint Conference of the Fourth IEEE International Conference on Fuzzy Systems, 1995.

9.       A. Chaudhary, J. Y. Kim, T. K. Tuan, “Improved Adaptive Fuzzy Punctual Kriging Filter for Image Restoration”, International Journal of Innovative Computing, Information and control, vol. no. 9, no. 2, February 2013.

10.     R. C. Gonzalez and R. E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, Third Edition, Prentice Hall, 2008.

11.     Manvi, R. S. Chauhan, M. Singh, “Image Contrast Enhancement Using Histogram Equalization”, International Journal of Computing & Business Research ISSN (Online): 2229 -6166, Proceedings of ‘I-Society 2012’ at GKU, Talwandi Sabo Bathinda, Punjab.

12.     M. Hongler, Y. Meneses, A. Beyeler, and J. Jacot, “Resonant retina: Exploiting vibration noise to optimally detect edges in an image,” IEEE Trans. Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. 25, no. 9, pp. 1051–1062, 2003.

13.     Q. Ye, H. Huang, X. He, and C. Zhang, “Image enhancement using stochastic resonance,” in Proc. IEEE International Conference on Image Processing, vol. 1, Singapore, 2004, pp. 263–266.

14.     C. Ryu, S. G. Konga, and H. Kimb, “Enhancement of feature extraction for low-quality fingerprint images using stochastic resonance,” Pattern Recognition Letters, vol. 32, no. 2, pp. 107–113, 2011.

15.     E. Simonotto, M. Riani, S. Charles, M. Roberts, J. Twitty, and F. Moss, “Visual perception of stochastic resonance,” Physical Review Letters, vol. 78, no. 6, pp. 1186–1189, 1997.

16.     Rajib Kumar Jha, Rajlaxmi Chouhan, P. K. Biswas, “Noise-induced Contrast Enhancement of Dark Images using Non-dynamic Stochastic Resonance”, National Conference on Communications (NCC), 2012, pp 1-5.

17.     Z. Wang, H. R. Sheikh, and A. C. Bovik, “No reference perceptual quality assessment of jpeg compressed images,” in Proc. IEEE Int. Conf. Image Processing, vol. 1, New York, USA, Sep. 2002, pp. 477–480.

18.     P. S. Sengar, T. K. Rawat, H. Parthasarathy, “Color Image Enhancement by Scaling the Discrete Wavelet Transform Coefficients”, International Conference on Microelectronics, Communication and Renewable Energy (ICMiCR-2013).

19.     S. Lee, ‘‘An efficient content-based image enhancement in the compress -ed domain using retinex theory,’’ IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst. Video Technol., vol. 17, no. 2, pp. 199–213, Feb. 2007. S.

20.     Susstrunk and S. Winkler, ‘‘Color image quality on the internet,’’ Proc. IS&T/SPIE Electronic Imaging: Internet Imaging V, vol. 5304, pp. 118-131, 2004.

40-45

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

10.

Authors:

A. Ramezani, M. R. Noroozi, M. Aghababaee

Paper Title:

Analyzing Free Space Optical Communication Performance

Abstract:    Over the last three decades free-space optical communication (FSO) has become more and more interesting as an adjunct to radio frequency communication. In spite of the very great technical advancement of available components, the major limitation of free-space communication performance is due to the atmosphere, because a portion of the atmospheric path always includes turbulence and multiple scattering effects. Starting from a fundamental understanding of the optical communications system under different weather conditions, this paper provides a treatment of the evaluation of parameters needed for analyzing and simulation of system performance. Finally the advent of the new technology of wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) and a new compact laser communication terminal that increase the data rate and enhancing performance are explained.

Keywords:
   Free Space Optical Communication (FSOC), wavelength division multiplexing (WDM), Link Budget, Turbulence, Fading.


References:

1.       Arun K. Majumdar. Free-space laser communication performance in the atmospheric channel. J. Opt. Fiber. Commun. Rep. 2, 345–396© 2005 Springer Science Business Media Inc.
2.       Hennes HENNIGER1, Otakar WILFERT2, An Introduction to Free-space Optical Communications RADIOENGINEERING, VOL. 19, NO. 2, JUNE 2010

3.       Salasiah Hitam, Siti Norziela Suhaimi, Ahmad Shukri Mohd Noor,Siti Barirah Ahmad Anas and Ratna Kalos Zakiah Sahbudin. Performance Analysis on 16-ChannelsWavelength Division Multiplexing in Free Space. Optical Transmission under Tropical Regions Environment. Journal of Computer Science 8 (1): 145-148, 2012ISSN 1549-3636© 2012 Science Publications.

4.       Yoshinori Arimoto. Compact free-space optical terminal for multi-gigabit signal transmissions with a single mode fiber. Free-Space Laser Communication Technologies XXI, edited by Hamid Hemmati, Proc. of SPIE Vol. 7199, 719908 • © 2009 SPIE

5.       DAS, S., HENNIGER, H., EPPLE, B., MOORE, C., RABINOVICH,W., SOVA, R., YOUNG,D. Requirements and challenges for tactical free-space laser comm. In IEEE Military Communications Conference. San Diego (USA), 2008.

6.       MAJUMDAR, A. K., RICKLIN, J. C. Free-Space Laser Communications Principles and Advances. Sew York (USA): Springer, 2008.

7.       GIGGENBACH, D., HENNIGER, H. Fading-loss assessment in atmosphericfree-space optical communication links with on-off keying.Optical Engineering, 2008.

8.       MAYER, B., SHABDANOV, S., GIGGENBACH, D. Atmospheric Database of Atmospheric Absorption Coefficients (technical report).German Aerospace Center (DLR), 2002.
9.       WILFERT , O., KOLKA, Z. Statistical model of free-space optical data link. Proceedings of SPIE, 2004, vol. 5550, p. 203 – 213.

10.     Daniel V. Hahn, David M. Brown, Andrea M. Brown, Chun-Huei Bair, Mark J. Mayr, Nathan W. Rolander, Joseph E. Sluz, and Radha Venkat. Fog Conformal Free-Space Optical Communications Terminal Designs for Highly Confined Vehicles. JOHNS HOPKINS APL TECHNICAL DIGEST, VOLUME 30, NUMBER 4 (2012)

11.     S. Qhumayo, R. Martinez Manuel. Free Space Optical data communication link. Photonics Research Group, Department of Electronic and Electrical Engineering University of Johannesburg, PO Box524, Auckland Park, 2006

12.     EDWARDS, D. P. GENLN2: A General Line-by-Line Atmospheric Transmittance and Radiance Model. Version 3.0: Description and users guide (technical report). National Center for Atmospheric Research,1992.

46-51

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

11.

Authors:

M. R. Noroozi, A. Ramezani, M. Aghababaee

Paper Title:

Automatic Ship Types Classification in Silhouette Images

Abstract:    Object identification or object classification is an important task in computer vision and pattern recognition. Silhouette image comprises many features which can be used for these demands. In this paper Discrete Hartley Transform (DHT) and Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT) are used for feature extraction from silhouette image. These features are then applied to the neural network for ship type classification. Ship features from different  view (only 4 features in each image) were trained with feed forward back propagation neural network and accuracy was  satisfied   for testing over 50 images,  also this algorithm is stands up robustly against the noise and can be used for classification another things such as animals, people , vehicles,etc.

Keywords:
   Pattern recognition, object classification silhouette image, DHT (Discrete Hartley Transform), DCT, ship type classification.


References:

1.       Paul Withagena, Klamer Schuttea, Albert Vossepoelb, and Marcel Breuersa,“Automatic classification of ships from infrared (FLIR) images”.vol. 6, no. 6, pp. 582-588. (To be published at SPIE AeroSense Orlando, April 5th 1999, Vol. 3720,Signal Processing, Sensor Fusion, and Target Recognition VIII).W.-K. Chen, Linear Networks and Systems (Book style). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 1993, pp. 123–135.
2.       L. Gagnon1 and R. Klepko, “Hierarchical Classifier Design for Airborne SAR Images of Ships”.

3.       V.Gouallier and L.Gagnon, “ship silhouette recognition using Principal Components Analaysis”.

4.       Jorge Alves, Jessica Herman , Neil C. Rowe, “Robust Recognition of Ship Types from an Infrared Silhouette”.

5.       Mark S. NixonAlberto S. Aguado, “Feature Extraction and Image Processing”.

6.       Syed Ali Khayam,“The Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT)Theory and Application” ,ECE 802 – 602.

7.       Golamali rezai-rad,Majid Aghababaie, “comparison of SUSAN and Sobel edge Detection in MRI Images for Feature Extraction”,IEEE2006.

8.       Marcelo M. Perez and Tim J. Dennis, “An Adaptive Implementation of the SUSAN Method Image Edge and Feature Detection” M. Young, The Techincal Writers Handbook.  Mill Valley, CA: University Science, 1989.

9.       A. Saradha1 and S. Annadu,“A Hybrid Feature Extraction Approach for Face Recognition Systems”.

52-56

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

12.

Authors:

V. Veera Nagireddy, D. V. Ashok Kumar, K. Venkata Reddy

Paper Title:

Optimal Placement and Sizing of Multiple Distributed Generation using Combined Differential Evaluation – HPSO Method

Abstract:   Integration of renewable energy based Distributed Generation (DG) units in modern days of conventional radial distribution systems provides potential benefits in terms service continuity and makes more reliable. The power injections from renewable sources are located close to the load centers which provide system voltage support, reduction in system losses and performance improvement. This paper presents an enhanced approach for DG placement in radial distribution feeders to reduce the real power loss and to improve the voltage profile. The DG placement approach involves the identification of location for DG placement and the size of the DG to be installed at the identified location. The location of the nodes where the DG should be placed is decided by a hybrid Particle Swam Optimization and Differential Evaluation method. A case study with an IEEE 34 bus distribution feeder is presented. A comparison is made between the proposed HPSO approach and the classical Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO). The proposed hybrid Differential Evaluation Particle Swarm Optimization (DEPSO) method is proven to give better results in terms of loss reduction and better voltage profile.

Keywords:
   particle swarm optimization, PSO, Differential evolution, DEPSO, distributed generation, voltage profile improvement, loss reduction, Load flows.


References:

1.        M. H. Bollen and F. Hassan, Integration of Distributed Generation in the Power System. New York: Wiley-IEEE Press, 2011.
2.        J. B. V. Subrahmanyam, C. Radhakrishna, ―Distributed Generator Placement and Sizing in Unbalanced Radial Distribution System‖. World Academy of Science, Engineering and Technology 28 2009, pp: 737-744.

3.        R. A. Walling, and N. W. Miller, “Distributed generation islanding implications on power system   dynamic   performance,” IEEE   Power   Engineering   Society   Summer Meeting, vol.1, pp. 92-96, 2002.

4.        Gopiya Naik S, D. K. Khatod and M. P. Sharma, Optimal Allocation of Distributed Generation in Distribution System for Loss Reduction‖, IPCSIT vol. 28 (2012) © (2012) IACSIT Press, Singapore: 42-46.

5.        R. Ranjan and, D. Das , ― Simple and Efficient Computer Algorithm to Solve Radial Distribution Networks,‖ International Journal of Electric Power Components and Systems, vol.31, no. 1,: pp.95 -107, 2003.

6.        B. and O Kane, P. J. , “Identifying loss of mains in electricity distribution system, “ Patent Number: GB2317759, 1998.

7.        “IEEE Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems,” Approved 12 June 2003, Reaffirmed 25 September 2008.

8.        Shi Y H, Eberhart R C. Fuzzy adaptive particle swarm optimization. IEEE Int. Conf. on Evolutionary Computation, 2001: 101-106

9.        Xie X F, Zhang W J, Yang Z L. A dissipative particle swarm optimization. Congress on Evolutionary Computation, 2002: 1456-1461

10.     Higashi N, Iba H. Particle swarm optimization with Gaussian mutation. IEEE Swarm Intelligence Symposium, 2003: 72-79

11.     Kennedy J. Bare bones particle swarms. IEEE Swarm Intelligence Symposium, 2003: 80-87

12.     Storn R, Price K. Differential evolution – a simple and efficient heuristic for global optimization over continuous spaces. J. Global Optimization, 1997, 11: 341–359

13.     J. Kennedy and R. Eberhart, “Particle swarm optimization,” in Proc.IEEE Int. Conf. Neural Networks, 1995, Nov./Dec. 1995, vol. 4, pp.1942–1948.

14.     IEEE Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources With Electric Power Systems, IEEE Std. 1547-2003, 2009, vol. 15.

15.     D. Q. Hung, N. Mithulananthan, and R. C. Bansal, “Analytical expressions for DG allocation in primary distribution networks,” IEEE Trans. Energy Convers., vol. 25, no. 3, pp. 814–820, Sep. 2010.

16.     Ganesh Kumar,Salman Mohagheghi,Jean-Carlos Hernandez Yamille delValle, “Particle Swarm Optimization: Basic Concepts, Variants and Applications in Power Systems.,” in IEEE, 2008, pp. 171-195.

57-62

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

13.

Authors:

Malini S, Moni R. S

Paper Title:

A  Combined Spatial and Frequency Domain Approach for Removal of Impulse Noise from Images

Abstract:    Visual quality of any natural image is lost when it is corrupted by noise, especially by impulse noise. Further, essential features of the image cannot be retrieved from noisy image. Considering the reality that noise is ubiquitous, image denoising is an unavoidable prerequisite for any type of higher level image processing. A variant of the existing method of impulse noise removal is proposed in this paper. The method has two stages. Detection of noisy pixels and then replacing the noisy pixels by one of its non-noisy neighbour is the first stage. In the second stage, a multiresolution technique of image denoising is employed. The proposed method is found to be very effective in image denoising of grey as well as color images, as is evidenced by the given experimental results. Also the method is shown to be effective in reducing mixed noise from images.

Keywords:
   Denoising frequency domain,impulse noise, multiresolution, spatial method, stationary wavelet. 


References:

1.       R.C.Gonzalez ., and R.E Woods.  “Digital Image Processing”, 3rd Edition, India, Pearson Publications, 2011
2.       T.S.Huang,.,G.J. Yang,., and G.Y. Tang, “ Fast Two Dimensional Median Filtering Algorithm”, IEEE Trans. Acoustics, Speech, Signal Processing, Vol. ASSP.1, no.1,Jan. 1979, pp 8-13

3.       R.H. Chan, C.W. Ho, and M. Nikolova,. “Salt and Pepper  Noise Removal by Median Type Noise Detectors and Detailed Preserving Regularization,” IEEE Trans. Image Processing, Vol.14, no.10, Oct.2005, pp1479-1485.

4.       Haidi Ibrahim, Nicholas Sia Pik Kong, Theam Foo Ng. “Simple Adaptive Median Filter for the Removal of Impulse Noise from Highly Corruped Images”. IEEE Trans. Consumer Electronics, Vol. 54, no.4, Nov.2008, pp1920-1927.

5.       Arumugam Rajamoni, V. Krishnaveni, H.W.Ferose, M.A. Kalaikamal, “New Denoising approach for the removal of Impulse Noise From Color Images and Video Sequences”. Image Anal Stereol, Vol. 31, 2012, pp189-191

6.       L, Yin, R.Yang, M.Gabuj, and Y.Neuvo..,  “Weighted Median Filters:A Tutorial ,” IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst. II, Vol. 34, no.3, 1996, pp157-192

7.       T.C.Lin,, “A New Adaptive Center Weighted Median Filter for Suppressing Impulse Noise in Images”. Journal of Information Science (Elsevier), Vol. 177, 2007, pp1073-1087.

8.       S.Esakirajan,T.Veerakumar,.A.N.Subramanyan,and C.H.  Premchand. “Removal of High Density Salt and Pepper Noise Through Modified Decision Based Unsymmetric Trimmed Median Filter.” IEEE Signal Processing Letters, vol.18 [5]. March 2011, pp. 287-290.

9.       S. Zhang, and M.A.Karim, “A New Impulse Detector for Switching Median Filters”, IEEE Signal Processing Letters, vol.9 [4], Nov.2002, pp. 360-363.

10.     K.S.Srinivasan, and D.Ebenezer. “A New Fast and Efficient Decision Based Algorithm for Remoival High Density Impulse Noise.” IEEE Signal Processing. vol.14 [3], March 2007, pp.189-192.

11.     N. Sugitha, S.Arivazhagan, “A New Combined Image Denoising Scheme for Mixed Noise Reduction,” International Reviewon Computers and Software. vol.8 [6], Jun.2013, pp. 1407-1414.

12.     Priyam Chatterjee and Peyman Milanfar. “Is Denoising Dead.” IEEE Trans. Image Processing, vol.19 [4], Apr.2010,  pp. 895-910

13.     A. Lukin, “A Multiresolution Approach for Improving the Quality of Image Denoising Algorithms,” Proceedings of International Conference Acoustics, Speech and
Signal Processing, ICASSP 06, vol.2, May 2006, pp.857-860.

14.     S.Mallet, “A Theory of Multiresolution Signal Decomposition: The Wavelet Approach,” IEEE Trans. Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. 11, July. 89, pp. 674-789

15.     D.L.Donoho,  and I.M.Johnstone, “ Ideal spatial adaptation by wavelet shrinkage,” Biometrica, Vol.81[3], 1994, pp 425-435

16.     J.C.Pesquet. H. Krim. and H. Carfantan., “Time Invariant Orthnormal Wavelet Representations,” IEEE Trans. Signal Processing, vol.44, 1996, pp. 1964-1970

17.     X.H. Wang., S.H.Istepanian, and Y.H. Song. “Microarray Image Enhancement by Denoising using Stationary Wavelet Transform,”  IEEE Trans. On Nanobioscience, vol.2 [4], 2003, pp. 184-189.

18.     Ming Zhang, Bahadir, and K.K. Gunturk, “Multiresolution Bilateral Filtering for Image Denoising,”  IEEE Trans. Image Processing, vol.17[12], 2008, pp. 2324-2333.

19.     I.Elyasi., S. Zermchi. “Elimination of Noise by Adaptive Wavelet Threshold,” World Academy of Science, Engg & Tech., vol. 56, 2009, pp. 462-465.

63-67

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

14.

Authors:

Yatheesha R. B, Anarghya A, Ranjith B. S, Nitish Rao

Paper Title:

Extended Range Electric Vehicle (EREV)

Abstract:    This paper describes the range extension of an electric vehicle. In this project, an Internal Combustion(IC) Engine is coupled to a Permanent Magnet Direct Current (PMDC) Motor and the generated electricity is used to charge the battery when the charge of the battery is very less through a charging circuit. It results in improved range, as the overall distance travelled per charge of the vehicle will increase and thus make it a viable proposition for daily commuting. Increased energy security, as the vehicle will not run on IC engine directly. This leads to lower consumption of fuel.

Keywords:
   Electric vehicle, Generator, Hybrid vehicle, PMDC motor, Range extension.


References:

1.        B.K. Powell, T.E. Pilutti, A Range Extender Hybrid Electric Vehicle Dynamic Model, Conference on Decision and Control, Lake BuenaVista, FL, vol.33, December 1994.
2.        K Imai, T Ashida, Y Zhang, Theoretical Performance of EV Range Extender Compared with Plug in Hybrid, Journal of Asian Electric Vehicles. Vol. 6, no. 2, December 2008, pp. 1181-1184.

3.        Z. Yu, Automotive Theory4th ed., Beijing: China Machine Press, 2006.

4.        V. Freyermuth, E Fallas and A Rousseau, Comparison of Power train Configuration for Plug-in HEVs from a Fuel Economy Perspective, SAE paper 2008-01-0461, SAE World Congres and Exhibition, April 2008.

5.        B.G. Thomas, A.B. Michael, Low- Emission Range Extender for Electric Vehicles, SAE International Document No. 972634, 1997.

6.        W. Heling, Research on Development of Electronic Control Fuel Injection System of Motorcycle, Chang’an University, Xi’an, China, May 2009.

7.        D. A. Howey, R.M. Martinez-Botas, B. Cussons &L. Lytton,Comparative measurements of the energy consumption of 50 electric, hybrid and internal combustion engine vehicles, 2011.

8.        A.D. Hawkes, Estimating marginal CO2 emissions rates for national electricity systems, 2010.

9.        F.R. Kalhammer,B.M. Koph, D.H. Swan,V.P. Roan, M.P. Walsh, Status and Prospects for Zero Emissions Vehicle Technology,Report of the ARB Independent Expert Panel, 2007

10.     K. Nishizawa,Development of New Technologies Targeting Zero Emissions for Gasoline Engines, (SAE 2000-01-0890).

11.     Dr. K Lingaiah, Design data hand book, 2010.

12.     M.J. Duoba, Issues in Emissions Testing of Hybrid Electric Vehicles, Global Power train Congress, Detroit, MI, May 6-8, 2000.

68-73

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

15.

Authors:

V. Bhavani Sankar, K. Durga Rani, S.S.S.V. Gopala Raju

Paper Title:

Parking Study at Simhachalam Temple Hill Top in Visakhapatnam – Case Study

Abstract:    The Historic Varaha Narasimha Swami’s temple is located on Simhachalam hill at an elevation of 244 mats, built in the 11th century by the King Sri Krishnadevarayam. Thousands of pilgrims visit the temple from various parts of Andhra Pradesh and Odisha daily. There is no proper parking place or parking slots available for two and four wheelers. In the present work, the parking demand on Simhachalam hill top is studied and proposed a place for two wheeler, four wheeler and bus parking slots based on the analysis. As per the demand about 100 two wheeler slots, 320 four wheelers slots and 20 bus parking slots have been proposed.

Keywords:
   Parking, Traffic, Road Geometry, Parking Demand


References:

1.        Gopala Raju SSSV., Balaji KVGD., Duraga Rani K. (2011), “Vehicular Growth and its management, Visakhapatnam city in India – A Case Study”, Indian journal of
Science and Technology, Vol.4, No.8, pp. 903-906

2.        V.Sreerama Murthy., K.Durga Rani ., SSSV Gopala Raju (2012), “Geometric Corrections to Hill top road from Hanumanthawaka to Simhachalam –Case Study”, Indian journal of Education and Information Management, Vol. 1, No.5, pp. 207-217

3.        Gopala Raju SSSV. etal.,, 2007, Assessment of Noise level due to vehicular traffic at Warangal city, India”, International Journal of Environment and Pollution‖, Vol 30. No.1, pp.137-153

4.        Gopala Raju SSSV. etal. , 2012, “Identification of black spots and junction improvements in Visakhapatnam City”, Indian Journal of Innovations and Development, Vol.1, No.6, pp.469-471.

74-76

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

16.

Authors:

S. K Sharishma Datla, T. Aditya Kumar

Paper Title:

An Adaptive Technique for Restoration of Real Blurred Images under Unknown Conditions

Abstract:   Recently, a normalized image prior was proposed so that the global minimum would not correspond to the blurred image. Multi-resolution approaches, which avoid some local minima, were recently proposed. Good local minima can also be found by using continuation schemes, where the regularizing parameter is gradually decreased. A recent come within reach of although not requiring previous in arrange on the blurring sift achieves high-tech recital for a wide range of real-world BID tribulations. In this paper, we improve upon the method of. We fully embrace the UBC, without an increase in computational cost, due to the way in which we use the alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM) to solve the minimizations required by that method. We propose a new version of that technique in which both the optimization tribulations with respect to the unknown image and with respect to the anonymous blur are solved by the irregular direction technique of multipliers(ADMM) – an optimization tool that has recently sparked much interest for solving inverse problems, namely owing to its modularity and state-of-the-art speed. Furthermore, the convolution operator is itself typically ill-conditioned, making the inverse problem extremely sensitive to inaccurate filter estimates and to the presence of noise. The results are shown in MATLB Platform effectively.

Keywords:
   Deblurring, multipliers, image, restoration quality

References:

1.       Jain Anil K.,”Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, Davis:Prentice-Hall of India, 2000.
2.       Gonzalez C.Rafeal, Woods Richard E., ”Digital Image Processing”, London:Pearson Education, 2002.
3.       Dragoman Daniela, ”Applications of the Wigner Distribution Function in Signal Processing”, EURASIP Journal on Applied Signal Processing, vol 10, 2005, pp.15201534.
4.       Savakis A.E.,Trussell H.J., ”Blur identification by residual spectral matching”, IEEE Trans, Image Processing, Feb 1993, pp.141-151.
5.       Lane R. G., Bates R. H. T., Automatic multidimensional decouvolution, J Opt Soc Am A, vol. 4(1), January 1987, pp. 180-188.
6.       M. Welk, D. Theis, and J. Weickert. Variational deblurring of images with uncertain and spatially variant blurs. In Proc. DAGM-Symposium, pages 485–492, 2005.
7.       Y. Xiong and S. A. Shafer. Depth from focusing and defocusing. In Proc. CVPR, pages 68–73, 1993.
8.       L. Yuan, J. Sun, L. Quan, and H.-Y. Shum. Image deblurring with blurred/noisy image pairs. ACM Trans. Gr., 26(3):1:1–1:10, 2007.
9.       C. Zhou and S. Nayar. What are good apertures for defocus deblurring? In IEEE Int. Conf. Computational Photography, 2009.
10.     C. L. Zitnick, S.-B. Kang, M. Uyttendaele, S. Winder, and R. Szeliski. Highquality video view interpolation using a layered representation. ACM Trans. Gr., 23(3):600–608, 2004.
11.     A. R. Smith and J. F. Blinn. Blue screen matting. In Proc. ACM SIGGRAPH 96, pages 259–268, 1996.
12.     E. M. Stein and G. Weiss. Introduction to Foureir analysis on Euclidean spaces. Princeton University Press, 1971.
13.     M. Subbarao, T. Choi, and A. Nikzad. Focusing techniques. Optical Engineering, 32(11):2824–2836, 1993.
14.     M. Subbarao, T. Choi, and A. Nikzad. Focusing techniques. Optical Engineering, 32(11):2824–2836, 1993.
15.     M. Subbarao, T. Choi, and A. Nikzad. Focusing techniques. Optical Engineering, 32(11):2824–2836, 1993.
16.     J. Sun, J. Jia, C.-K. Tang, and H.-Y. Shum. Poisson matting. ACM Trans. Gr., 23(3):315–321, 2004.
17.     M. F. Tappen, B. C. Russell, and W. T. Freeman. Exploiting the sparse derivative prior for super-resolution and image demosaicing. In Proc. 3rd Int. Workshop on Statistical and Computational Theories of Vision, 2003.
18.     A. N. Tikhonov and V. Y. Arsenin. Solutions of ill-posed problems. Wiley, 1977.

77-80

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

17.

Authors:

Ekta Ahuja, Karan Kashyap

Paper Title:

Language Translator

Abstract:    The aim of this project is to find out the problem areas in the translation done by Bing, suggest a method to improve the language translation and build a translator that supports accurate English to Hindi translation. The English input can be of textual, voice or image form and the Hindi output will be in the textual format.. With our research we aim to suggest a way to improve the already available popular translation engines. For this purpose we have used the method of hybrid machine translation. Hybrid machine translation is a method of machine translation that is characterized by the use of multiple machine translation approaches within a single machine translation system. The motivation for developing hybrid machine translation systems stems from the failure of any single technique to achieve a satisfactory level of accuracy.

Keywords:
   translator, Bing, textual, hybrid.


References:

1.        RAY SMITH, AN OVERVIEW OF THE TESSERACT OCR ENGINE,PROC. NINTH INT. CONFERENCE ON DOCUMENT ANALYSIS AND RECOGNITION (ICDAR), IEEE
COMPUTER SOCIETY (2007), PP. 629-633

2.        KEVIN KNIGHT, A STATISTICAL MT TUTORIAL WORKBOOK,JHU SUMMER WORKSHOP, APRIL 30,1999

3.        A Srivastav, English to Hindi Machine Translator Using GMT and RBMT Approach Proceedings of the Second International Conference on Advances in Computing and Information Technology (ACITY) July 13-15, 2012, Chennai, India

81-83

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

18.

Authors:

Ali Shamel, Reza Alayi, Leila Abbaszadeh

Paper Title:

The Assessing and Prediction of Biogas Production and Dissemination Rate in Ardebil City Landfills and Chemical Analysis of Obtained Biogas

Abstract:    the main purpose of making municipal landfills and produced biogas collecting is to prevent the emission of greenhouse gases such as Methane and also using the heating value involved in this gas. A propose to bury Ardabil’s wastes and the analysis of produced gases in terms of quality and quantity is presented in this research. In recent years, Landfill projects include equipments to control, gas transmission and also using the biogas energy. Landfill gases that are called LFG are obtained from performing a series of biochemical reactions, in anaerobic conditions, on organic dissoluble matters available in the waste; these gases are Methane, Carbon Dioxide and Hydrogen gases, Hydrogen Sulfide and volatile organic compounds. The assessing and prediction of biogas production and dissemination rate is important in Landfill designing and successful using of produced gases as renewable energy sources. Produced gases in landfills, after extraction and filtration can directly supply energy needed for industry such as lighting, fuel needed for gas turbines and electricity producing generators and even  they can be used to set up simultaneous production units of heat and power. In the first part of this study, the explanation of the methods, equations and used assumptions are explained. In the second part, Ardabil city’s landfill conditions have been introduced and in addition to that, the amount of waste and other information contained on this site has been evaluated. In this research, the waste of Ardabil city is studied and the gases resulting from landfill are analyzed carefully, using LANDGEM software. After running the LANDGEM software concluded. During operation of the project the emissions gases about 50% is the methane gas.

Keywords:
   Biogas, Landfill, waste, LFG, Methane, Renewable energy


References:

1.        Adel, M., Workshop on production of biogas and energy recovery from landfill, Renewable Energy Organization of Iran, Department of new energies, Energy Research Institute, Tehran, 2003.
2.        Environmental Protection Agency, Database of Landfill gas to energy project in the United State, U.S, 2001.

3.        Renewable Energy Organization of Iran, Sana, [online] available at www.suna.org.ir

4.        Soltani. F, Morsaei. M, Investigation of the Possibility energy production from biogas is trapped in the lower cover of landfill waste. Fourth Conference and  exhibition of Environmental Engineering, Tehran, 2010.

5.        Sophistayi. A, Karimi. F.  The technology to extract biogas from municipal landfill areas, CO Saman Energy, Esfahan, 2006.

6.        Statistical Center of Iran www.sci.org.ir

7.        United States Environmental Protection Agency, Landfill Gas Emissions Model Land GEM Version 3.02 User’s Guide, 2005.

8.        Waste management organizations, Municipality of Ardabil city, 2013.

9.        Hans C, Williamson, Energy Recovery from Landfill Gas in Denmark and Worldwide, Denmark, 1999.

10.     Qiyong Xu &et all, Methane production in simulated hybrid bioreactor landfill, Bio resource Technology, Volume 168, September 2014, Pages 92–96.

11.     Sameer S. Mustafa & et all, Kirkuk municipal waste to electrical energy, International Journal of Electrical Power & Energy Systems, Volume 44, Issue 1, January 2013, Pages 506–513.

12.     Avick Sil & et all, Development of correction factors for landfill gas emission model suiting Indian condition to predict methane emission from landfills , Bio resource Technology, Volume 168, September 2014, Pages 97–99.

13.     Kazuei Ishii & et all , Estimation of methane emission rate changes using age-defined waste in a landfill site, Waste Management, Volume 33, Issue 9, September
2013, Pages 1861–1869.

14.     Han Zhu & et all, A new approach to estimation of methane emission rates from landfills, Waste Management, Volume 33, Issue 12, December 2013, Pages 2713–271

84-88

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

19.

Authors:

P. Bala Krishna, K. Satyanarayana, V. Sowjanya

Paper Title:

Analysis of Advanced PWM Algorithms Based on Simplified Sequence for Reduced CMV in Induction Motor Drive

Abstract:    This paper presents a simplified advanced Pulse width Modulation algorithms for reduced common mode voltage variations. These algorithms have been developed by using the concept of imaginary switching times and hence did not use angle and sector information. Thus, the proposed  algorithms  reduce  the  complexity  involved  in  the  existing  PWM  algorithms. In the conventional SVPWM method, two adjacent states with two zero voltage vectors are utilized to program the output voltage. Every 600 degrees the active voltage vectors change, but the zero state locations are retained. In the AZSPWM methods, the choice and the sequence of active voltage vectors are the same as in conventional SVPWM. However, instead of the real zero voltage vectors (V0 and V7), two active opposite voltage vectors with equal duration are utilized. In the NSPWM algorithm, in each sector any one of the phases is clamped to either positive or negative DC bus for a total of 120o over a fundamental cycle. Hence, it reduces the switching losses of the inverter and switching frequency of the inverter by 33.33%. Among  the  proposed  algorithms,  the NSPWM  algorithm  gives  superior  performance  with reduced switching losses of the inverter. 

Keywords:
   Common mode voltage, induction motor drive, SVPWM, AZSPWM and NSPWM


References:

1.       Joachim Holtz, ―Pulsewidth modulation – A survey‖ IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron.., vol. 39, no. 5,  Dec 1992, pp. 410-420.
2.       Heinz Willi Vander Broeck, Hnas-Christoph Skudelny and Georg Viktor Stanke, ―Analysis and   realization of a pulsewidth modulator based on voltage space vectors‖ IEEE Trans. Ind. Applicat.,    vol. 24, no. 1, Jan/Feb 1988, pp. 142-150.

3.       S.Ogasawara and H.Akagi, ―Modelling of high frequency leakage currents in PWM inverter- fed  Ac motor drive systems‖ IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., Vol. 32, No.4,   pp. 1105-1114, Sep/Oct, 1996.

4.       Y.Murai, T.Kobota and Y.Kawase ―Leakage current reduction for a high frequency carrier inverter feeding an induction motor‖, IEEE Trans. Ind.Appl., Vol. 28, No.4,   pp. 858-863, July/August,  1992. 

5.       Erdman, J.M, Kerkman, R.J, Schlegel, D.W, and Skibinski, G.L, ―Effect  of PWM inverters on AC   motors bearing currents and shaft voltages‖ IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., Vol. 32, No.2,   pp. 250- 259,  March/April, 1996.

6.       A.L.Julian, T.A.Lipo, G.oriti, ―Elimination of Common mode voltage in three phase Sinusoidal  Power Converters‖ in Proc. IEEE, PESC’96, 1996, pp1968-1972. 
7.       S. Ogasawara, H. Ayano, and H. Akagi, ―An active circuit for cancellation of common-mode  voltage generated by a PWM inverter,‖ IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 13, no. 5, pp. 835–841,   Sep. 1998.
8.       Y. S. Lai and F. S. Shyu, ―Optimal common-mode voltage reduction PWM technique for inverter  control with consideration of the dead-time effects—Part I: Basic development,‖ IEEE Trans. Ind.  Appl., vol. 40, no. 6, pp. 1605–1612, Nov./Dec. 2004. 

9.       Y.S. Lai, P.S. Chen, H.K. Lee, J. Chou, ―Optimal common-mode voltage reduction PWM   technique for inverter control with consideration of the dead-time effects-part II: applications to IM drives with diode front end,‖ IEEE Trans. on Ind. Applicats., vol. 40, no 6, pp. 1613 – 1620.    Nov./Dec. 2004.

10.     M. Cacciato, A. Consoli, G. Scarcella and A. Testa, ―Reduction of common-mode currents in  PWM inverter motor drives,‖  IEEE Trans. on Industry Applications, vol. 35, no 2, pp. 469 –  476,March-April 1999.

11.     E. Ün, A.M. Hava ―A near state PWM method with reduced switching frequency and reduced  common mode voltage for three-phase voltage source inverters‖ IEEE-IEMDC Conf., pp. 235-  240, May 2-5, 2007.

12.     A. M. Hava and E. Un, ―Performance analysis of reduced common-mode voltage PWM methods  and comparison with standard PWM methods for three-phase voltage-source inverters,‖ IEEE  Trans. Power Electron., vol. 24, no. 1, pp. 241–252, Jan. 2009.

13.     Dae-Woong Chung, Joohn-Sheok Kim and Seung-Ki Sul, ―Unified voltage modulation technique  for real-time three-phase power conversion‖ IEEE Trans. Ind. Applicat., vol. 34, no. 2, Mar/Apr  1998, pp. 374-380.

89-94

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

20.

Authors:

Shahid, S. H. Farooq, S. Maqbool, S. Haseeb

Paper Title:

Structural Fire Safety Measures in Developing Countries: Pakistan – A Case Study

Abstract:   In developing countries like Pakistan, provisions of inadequate fire safety measuresresult into occurrence of many fires that cause lot of deaths and economic loss. Here, fire is not taken as a serious threat and fire safety measures are considered as a waste of money. Thus, there is a need to educate building owners and government agencies about the damaging effects of fire and importance of fire safety measures. In this study, three main components of fire safety i.e. prevention, controlling the spread and severity of fire, and structural fire safety have been included. Data on fire incidents was collected from three sample cities of Pakistan (i.e., Islamabad, Rawalpindi and Lahore)to determine the frequency of fires, causes of ignition and relative vulnerability of buildings. 12 multi-story buildings (six each in Lahore and Rawalpindi) were surveyed to check the adequacy of provided fire safety measures. Fire incident of Ghakar Plaza, Rawalpindi has been analyzed to highlight the economic implications of fires.Analysis of fire incidents of these three cities shows that on average there are 3 fires per day, and every 8th fire is severe enough to cause deaths, injuries, property damage and economic losses. Three main causes of fire are short circuiting, gas leakage and cylinder blasts and the most vulnerable buildings are commercial and residential buildings. Most of the common buildings have no fire safety measures at all, and Pakistan does not have any fire safety code to follow. In case of 12 multi-story buildings, the level of compliance with the code requirements is around 60 percent, and, the automatic sprinklers, one of the most effective fire safety measures, have been provided in two buildings only. From the cost analysis of Ghakar Plaza and a model building, it is found that the cost of fire design is around 3% of the overall cost of the building.

Keywords:
   Fire safety, Data collection and analysis, causes of fire ignition, Fire safety Measures


References:
1.        CDA Buildings Standards for Fire Prevention and Life Safety, 2010
2.        International Building Code, 2009

3.        International Fire Code, 2009

4.        National Building Code of India, 2009

5.        Structural Fire Safety Design BUCHANAN A. H,

95-101

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

21.

Authors:

Sachchida Nand Shukla, Naresh Kumar Chaudhary

Paper Title:

Small-Signal Amplifiers with BJT, FET and MOSFET in Triple Darlington Topology

Abstract:   Circuit models of two discretely developed small-signal amplifiers are proposed and qualitatively analyzed perhaps for the first time. Design of first amplifier uses Triple Darlington topology based hybrid unit of BJT-JFET-MOSFET in RC coupled voltage divided biasing network with two additional biasing resistances. However the second amplifier uses JFET-BJT-MOSFET hybrid unit in the similar circuit design. Both the amplifiers successfully amplify small-signals swinging in 1-10mV range at 1KHz frequency. These circuits simultaneously produce high voltage gain (≈ 291 and 345 respectively) and current gain (≈ 719 and 27K respectively) in narrow bandwidth region (≈ 8KHz and 13KHz respectively). Variations of maximum voltage gain with different biasing resistances and DC supply voltage, temperature sensitivity of performance parameters, THDs, small-signal AC equivalent circuit analysis and noise performance of the circuits are elaborately studied and discussed. The proposed amplifiers may be useful for those applications where high voltage and current gain would be the prime requirement of amplification in narrow band frequency region. Moreover, the proposed circuits may also useful for radio and TV receiver stages and low-frequency power sources.

Keywords:
   Small-signal amplifiers, Darlington amplifiers, Compound Darlington configurations, Triple Darlington topology.


References:

1.       R. L. Boylestad and L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Pearson Education Asia, 3rd ed., 2002, p.p. 389-396,461-483, 627-633
2.       A. Motayed, T.E. Browne, A. I. Onuorah and S.N. Mohammad, Experimental studies of frequency response and related properties of small signal bipolar junction transistor amplifier, Solid State Electronics, Vol. 45, 2001, p.p. 325-333

3.       A.M.H. Sayed ElAhl, M.M.E. Fahmi, S.N. Mohammad, Qualitative analysis of high frequency performance of modified Darlington pair, Solid State Electronics, Vol. 46, 2002, p.p. 593-595
4.       A. Motayed and S.N. Mohammad, Tuned performance of small-signal BJT Darlington pair, Solid State Electronics, Vol. 45, 2001, p.p. 369-371

5.       S.N. Tiwari, and S.N. Shukla, Qualitative Analysis of Small Signal Modified Darlington Pair and Triple Darlington Amplifiers, Bulletin of Pure and Applied Science, Vol. 28D, No.1, 2009, p-1-11
6.       T. A. Chris and G. M. Robert, A New Wide-Band Darlington Amplifier, IEEE Journal of Solid State Circuits, Vol. 24, No. 4, 1989, p.p. 1105-1109

7.       S. N. Tiwar , A. K. Dwivedi and S.N. Shukla , Qualitative Analysis of Modified Darlington Amplifier, Journal of Ultra Scientist of Physical Sciences, Vol 20, No.3, 2008, p-625

8.       S.N. Tiwari, B. Pandey, A.K. Dwivedi, and S.N. Shukla, Development of Small-Signal Amplifiers by Placing BJT and JFET in Darlington Pair Configuration, Journal of Ultra Scientist of Physical Sciences,Vol.21, No.3, 2009, p-509-514

9.       S.N. Tiwari, S. Srivastava, B. Pandey and S.N. Shukla, Qualitative Analysis of Small Signal High Voltage Gain Triple Darlington Amplifiers, Bulletin of Pure and Applied Science, Vol. 29D, No.1, 2010, p-25-32

10.     S.N. Tiwari and S.N. Shukla, Qualitative Analysis of Small Signal Wide Band Triple Darlington Amplifiers, Acta Cincia Indica, Vol. XXXV P, No.4, 2009, p-559

11.     C. T. Armijo and R.G. Meyer, A New Wide-Band Darlington Amplifier, IEEE Journal of Solid State Circuits, Vol. 24, No.4, August 1989, p-1105-1109

12.     S. Srivastava, B. Pandey, S.N. Tiwari, J. Singh and S.N. Shukla, Development of Small Signal High Voltage Gain Amplifier using Compound unit of BJT and MOSFET, Acta Cincia Indica, Vol. XXXII P, No.4, 2011, p-431-437

13.     M.H. Rashid, Introduction to PSpice Using OrCAD for Circuits and Electronics, Pearson Education, 3rd Ed., 2004, p.p.  255-300

14.     B. Pandey, S. Srivastava, S. N. Tiwari, J. Singh and S. N. Shukla, Qualitative Analysis of Small Signal  Modified Sziklai Pair Amplifier, Indian Journal of Pure and Applied Physics, Vol. 50, 2012, p-272

15.     S. Srivastava, B. Pandey, S.N. Tiwari, J. Singh and S.N. Shukla, Qualitative Analysis of MOS Based Darlington pair Amplifier, Bulletin of Pure and Applied Science, Vol. 30D (Physics), No.2, 2011, p-195-203

102-106

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

22.

Authors:

Chao Yang, Ze Zhang

Paper Title:

Research on Rapid Image Recognition Method of Foreign Fibers in Lint

Abstract:    An efficient online method of detecting the foreign fibers in lint is proposed. In this method, Look Up Table is used to reduce the time consumption of transformation from RGB color space to HSI color space effectively. Using the improved two-dimensional Otsu algorithm to segment and recognize the image of foreign fibers in Hue and Saturation of HSI color space. Experimental results show that, compared with the original two-dimensional Otsu algorithm and the fast two-dimensional Otsu algorithm, the proposed method meets the requirement of real-time and improves the accuracy effectively.

Keywords:
   Foreign Fibers, Look Up Table, HSI color space,  Otsu.


References:

1.        Gengrao S (2004)  Discussion on performance characteristics of online foreign fiber detection device. Journal of  Cotton Textile Technology, Vol.10, pp. 612-615.
2.        Wenzhu Y, Daoliang  L, Liang  Z, Yuguo K, Futang L (2009) A new approach for image processing in foreign fiber detection . Journal of  Computers and Electronics in Agriculture, pp. 68-77.

3.        Haopeng W, Xianying F, Li L(2012) Detection algorithm of white foreign fibers based on improved two-dimensional maximum between-class variance method. Journal of Transactions of the Chinese Society of  Agricultural Engineering (Transactions of the CSAE), Vol. 8, pp. 214-219.

4.        Pai A, Sari-sarraf H, Hequet E. F (2004) Recognition of cotton contamination via X-ray micro tomographic image analysis. IEEE Transactions on industry Applications, Vol. 40, No. 1,pp. 77-85.

5.        Mingxiao D, Yunkuan W (2011) Wei H. Cotton impurity detection algorithm based on Gabor filter. Journal of Image and Graphics, Vol.16, No.4,pp. 586-592.

6.        Rafael C. Gonzalez, Digital Image Processing. 2001,New York: A Wiley-Interscience Publication

7.        Otsu N (1979) A threshold selection method from gray-level histograms. IEEE transactions on SMC, Vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 62-66.

8.        Jianzhuang L, Wenqing L (1993) The two-dimensional Otsu algorithm of gray-level image. Journal of Acta Automatica Sinica, Vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 102-105.

9.        Xiaojun J, Anni C, Jingao S (2001) Image segmentation based on 2D maximum between-cluster variance. Journal of china institute of communications, Vol. 22, No. 4, pp. 71-76.

107-111

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

23.

Authors:

Chethan G, Sanjith J, Ranjith A, Kiran B. M

Paper Title:

Shear Strength Capacity of Normal and High Strength Concrete Beams Bonded by CFRP Wraps

Abstract:   The usage of fiber reinforced polymer (FRP) is becoming a widely accepted repairing and strengthening aspect in the field of civil engineering in recent years. By the application of polymers of carbon, glass and aramid in the shear zone of the beam, the shear strength can be increased extensively. The present study investigates the enhancement of shear capacity of RC beams using carbon reinforced polymers. Total of 24 beams were casted in  the laboratory, out of which, 12 M30 and 12 M70 concrete beam specimens of 150mm width, 200mm depth and 1300mm length. The geometry of all kept constant, but only shear reinforcement was varied. Out of 12 beams of M30, 6 were control beams and 6 were strengthened by using CFRP. Out of 12 beams of M70, 6 were control beams and 6 were strengthened by using CFRP. The strengthened beams showed 34% to 58% increase in shear capacity with respect control beam in normal strength i.e. M30 beams and 28% to 44% in high strength i.e. M70 beams.

Keywords:
   Fiber reinforced polymer (FRP), carbon fiber   reinforced polymer (CFRP), glass fiber reinforced polymer (GFRP) and aramid fiber reinforced polymer (AFRP), shear capacity.


References:

1.        Marwan Bllkasem Salah Alferjani1, *, Abdul Aziz Bin Abdul Samad1, Blkasem Salah Elrawaff2,Noridah Binti Mohamad1, Mohd Hilton Bin Ahmad1(2014),” Shear strengthening of reinforced concrete beams using carbon fiber reinforced polymer laminate: A review” doi: 10.11648/j.ajce.20140201.11.
2.        M.Demers, P.Labossière, and C.Mercier (2006), “Carbon FRP jacketing of prestressed concrete beams”.

3.        Nadeem A. and siddiqui (2009). Experimental investigation of RC Beams Strengthened with externally bonded FRP composites . Latin American journal of solid and structures.6;343-362

4.        Ujji .K.(1992). “Improving the shear capacity of exixting reinforced concrete members by applying carbon fiber sheets. ”Trans of the Japan Concrete Inst. Vol. 14, 253-265.

5.        Patel Mitali R, Dr. R.K Gajjar, “Shear strengthening of different beams using FRP.” E-ISSN2249-8974.

6.        M.A.A.Saafan, “Shear strengthening of reinforced concretye beams using CFRP wraps .” ,ACTA Polytechnic, Vol. 46, No.1/2006.

7.        Ahmad Khalifa, Abdeldjelil Belarbi and Antonio nanni, “Shear performance of rc members strengthening with externally bonded FRP wraps.” 12WCEE 2000.

8.        ACI318-95-1999, Concrete frame design manual.

9.        IS 456 2000, Indian standard plain and reinforced concrete structures.

10.     Dr. M. C. Nataraja. “Concrete mix design”.

112-117

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

24.

Authors:

Bharti Vijay Nikose, Gaurav Shrivastav, Ravindra Gupta

Paper Title:

Enhanced Preventation of Password Stealing using Biometric Factor

Abstract:    Wording password is typically the most popular form involving user authentication on websites car without any convenience in addition to simplicity. On the other hand, users’ passwords are inclined to be ripped off and sacrificed under various threats in addition to vulnerabilities. To begin with, users usually select vulnerable passwords in addition to reuse exactly the same passwords all over different web sites. Routinely reusing accounts causes a domino effect; when the adversary compromises one password, she may exploit the item to gain access to more web sites. Second, keying in passwords in untrusted personal computers suffers pass word thief risk. An adversary can start several pass word stealing attacks to snatch passwords, including phishing, keyloggers in addition to malware. Within this paper, we design a user authentication process named oPass which usually leverages a user’s cellular and limited message support to thwart password thieving and pass word reuse attacks. oPass simply requires each and every participating site possesses an original phone variety, and requires a telecommunication service agency in signing up and recovery phases. However, users’ passwords are prone to be stolen and compromised under different threats and vulnerabilities. Firstly, users often select weak passwords and reuse the same passwords across different websites. Routinely reusing passwords causes a domino effect; when an adversary compromises one password, she will exploit it to gain access to more websites. Second, typing passwords into untrusted computers suffers password thief threat. An adversary can launch several password stealing attacks to snatch passwords, such as phishing, keyloggers and malware. In this paper, we design a user authentication protocol named oPass which leverages a user’s cellphone and short message service to thwart password stealing and password reuse attacks. oPass only requires each participating website possesses a unique phone number, and involves a telecommunication service provider in registration and recovery phases.

Keywords:
   Network Security, Password Attacks, Authentication.


References:

1.        C. Yue and H. Wang, “SessionMagnifier: A simple approach to secure and convenient kiosk browsing,” in Proc. 11th Int. Conf. Ubiquitous Computing, 2009, pp. 125–134, ACM.
2.        S. Chiasson, A. Forget, E. Stobert, P. C. van Oorschot, and R. Biddle, “Multiple password interference in text passwords and click-based graphical passwords,” in CCS ’09: Proc. 16th ACM Conf. Computer Communications Security, New York, 2009, pp. 500–511, ACM.

3.        K. M. Everitt, T. Bragin, J. Fogarty, and T. Kohno, “A comprehensive study of frequency, interference, and training of multiple graphical passwords,” in CHI ’09: Proc. 27th Int. Conf. Human Factors Computing Systems, New York, 2009, pp. 889–898, ACM.

4.        S. Garriss, R. Cáceres, S. Berger, R. Sailer, L. van Doorn, and X. Zhang, “Trustworthy and personalized computing on public kiosks,” in Proc. 6th Int. Conf. Mobile Systems, Applications Services, 2008, pp. 199–210, ACM.

5.        R. Biddle, S. Chiasson, and P. van Oorschot, “Graphical passwords: Learning from the first twelve years,” in ACM Computing Surveys, Carleton Univ., 2010.

6.        T. Holz, M. Engelberth, and F. Freiling, “Learning more about the underground economy:Acase-study of keyloggers and dropzones,” Proc. Computer Security ESORICS 2009, pp. 1–18, 2010.

7.        M. Weir, S. Aggarwal, M. Collins, and H. Stern, “Testing metrics for password creation policies by attacking large sets of revealed passwords,” in Proc. 17th ACM Conf. Computer Communications Security, New York, 2010, pp. 162–175, ACM.

8.        D. Wendlandt, D. G. Andersen, and A. Perrig, “Perspectives: Improving ssh-style host authentication with multi-path probing,” in Proc. USENIX 2008 Annu. Tech. Conf., Berkeley, CA, 2008, pp. 321–334, USENIX Association.

9.        P. van Oorschot, A. Salehi-Abari, and J. Thorpe, “Purely automated attacks on passpoints-style graphical passwords,” IEEE Trans. Information Forensics Security, vol. 5, no. 3, pp. 393–405, Sep. 2010.

118-124

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

25.

Authors:

Swati A. Patil, Leena N. Patil, Vaishali V. Ahire, Mosin A. Khatik, Rahul V. Thorat

Paper Title:

Study of Solid Waste Management  for Nashik City

Abstract:    Rising population, technological advancement, economical , industrial revolution and changing life style has lead to various types of environmental problems. In this context sold waste is one of the major problame. It causes different type of pollution,spreaiding of various disease and due to dumping of solid waste soil also loose it’s fertility .Solid wastes are those organic and inorganic waste materials produced by various  activities of the society. Improper solid waste management affects on public health, causes environmental pollution, accelerates natural resources degradation, climate change and greatly impacts the quality of life of human beings. The purpose of this study is to describe the application and progress of the Reduce-Reuse-Recycle initiative and its gradual implementation and development in solid waste management in Nashik(MH) India through the study of the municipal solid waste management (MSWM) systems.

Keywords:
   Sources, Clasiification, Collection, Processing of waste ,Disposal


References:

1.       Studies on Environmental Quality in and around Municipal Solid Waste Dumpsite. Arun K. Biswas, Sunil Kumar, S. Sateesh Babu, J. K. Bhattacharyya, Tapan Chakrabarti. 2, Kolkata, Nagour : Resources, Conservation and Recycling, (2010), Vol. 55.
2.       Beede, D. N. and D. E. Bloom. (1995). The economics of municipal solid waste. The World Bank Research Observer. 10(2): pp113-150.

3.       Workshop on Standard oprating Procedure for MSW Processing Plant Nashik By GIZ advisory services in

4.       CPHEEO manual, Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India

5.       Division of Technology, Industry and Economics. State of Wase Management in South East Asia, Types of Wastes – Sources and Composition. United Nations
Environmen pogramme. [Online].

6.       Enviornmental studies by J.P.Sharma Unit 5 ,3rd  edition ,Universty Science Press,2009,142-143

7.       DPR for SWM Nasik 2007

8.       CPHEEO manual,Ministry of Urban developmemt,Government of India

9.       Municipal Solid Waste Management and Handling Rules (MSW (M&H) Rules), 2000

125-128

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

26.

Authors:

V. H. Patil, Gaurav Gupta, Harsh Kapil

Paper Title:

The Global Toll Booth System

Abstract:    The global toll booth system is been stimulated here. That means that the user can pay the prepaid toll using the RF card. The money is automatically paid from the user’s bank as soon as the vehicle approaches the toll. For this the user bank PC is been connected with toll booth server via local area network(LAN).The main concept of the project is to enable the toll booth user to pay his prepaid either from the users bank or the toll booth.

Keywords:
   RF card, global, LAN, PC.


References:

1.        “RFID technology and applications “, B Nath, F Reynold- Pervasive Computing IEEE, 2006.
2.        “Radio frequency identification”,CM Roberts-Computers &Security, 2006-Elsevier.

3.        “Automatic toll collection system”, CS Bower – US Patent 2, 769, 165, 1956.

129-131

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

27.

Authors:

Muhammad Habib, M. Raheel Zafar, Saima Javed, Shafaq Ara

Paper Title:

A Sector Analysis for RFID Implantation: Technical Analysis for Integrated Security Enhancement Techniques

Abstract:    Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) is a microchip technology which produces a lot of attention of scientists toward innovative and future oriented bionics and a most promising and anticipated technologies in recent years. This interdisciplinary research aims to undertake a scoping study of emerged technology serving the security purposes of devices, infrastructures and human utilization. The study aims to address the key areas of widespread RFID implementation, its control over the applied widgets and the effective improvement in the protection measures like owner tracking and cloning. As a part of research an attempt will be taken toward discussion on security framework to improve the model of smart environment eliminating the privacy loopholes. To enhance the real time security structure the Origins of RFID microchips are essential to be discussed for the application in several sectors like logistics and health care industries. The study will contribute to develop methods and procedures to re-plane the RFID control system, as well as mark other privacy issues which arise in operations when a futuristic society concept is originated where all citizens wear embedded RFID tags and are subject to constant surveillance.

Keywords:
   Bionics, Implantation, Widgets, Origins of RFID, Control system, Surveillance


References:

1.        Bruce Schneier (20011) ; For security purpose RFID passport.http://reinep.wordpress.com/2011/10/31/us-fda-finally-approves-implanted-rfid-chip-for-humans/ (14-9-13)
2.        Botterman, M. and van Oranje, C May 2009. Study on the requirements and options for RFID application in Workshop Report. May 2009. RAND Corporation.http://ec.europa.eu/information_society/activities/health/docs/studies/rfid/rfid-healthcare-d4.pf

3.        Charles, Techonal J., Manag, (2008). Human Microchip Implantation. Journal of Technology Management & Innovation 08(3/3)151-1 60.

4.        Covacio, S. (2003) Technological Problems Associated with Subcutaneous Microchips for Human Identification (SMHId). Informing Science.

5.        Castro, L, Wamba, S.F. (2007) An Inside Look At RFID Technology. Journal of Technology and lnnovation,Volume 2, Issue I. Pg.4.

6.        Chan, E. (2007) The FDA and the Future of the Brain-Computer Interface: Adapting FDA Device Law to the Challenges of Human-Machine Enhancement. John Marshall Journal of Computer & Information Law Volume 25 Issue I. Pg. 13, 16, 24.http://works.bepress.com/eric_chan/1/. Retrieved 11-02-07

7.        Chan, E. (2009) Human Microchip Implantation. Wisconsin Legislative Reference Bureau. Pg. 1 www.legis.state.wi.us/lrb. Retrieved 9-28-07.

8.        Garfinkel, S., Holtzman, H. (2005) Understanding RFID Technology. Pg. 15-16. Garfinkel Book.

9.        GAD, L. (2006) Human Microchip Implantation. Wisconsin Legislative Reference Bureau  Pg. 1.www.legis.state.wi.us/lrb. Retrieved 20-8-13.

10.     GS1, “GS1 EPC Tag Data Standard 1.6”, 2011. Available online at http://www.gs1.org/gsmp/kc/epcglobal/tds/tds_1_6-RatifiedStd-20110922.pdf

11.     Gemalto (2012)“The difference between contactless smart cards & RFID tags”, online reference,.http://www.gemalto.com/brochures/education/download/contactless_RFID.pdf

12.     Hea March 27, (2006) Health Grades.http://www.healthgrades.com/ 12,8, 2013.

13.     Leea, L.S., Fiedlera, K.D. and Smithb, J.S. (2008), “Radio frequency identification (RFID) implementation in the service sector: A customer-facing diffusion model”, Int. J. Production Economics, 112, 587–600.

14.     Lazanas and Latombe, 1992 Anthony Lazanas and Jean-Claude Latombe. Landmark-based robot navigation. InProceedings of the Tenth National Conference on Artificial Intelligence (AAAI-92), pages 816–822, San Jose, California,1992. AAAI Press.

15.     Mikko Lehtonen, Antti Ruhanen, Florian Michahelles, and Elgar Fleisch. “Serialized TID numbers – A headache or a blessing for RFID crackers?”, in IEEE International Conference on RFID 2009, pp.233-240, IEEE, 2009.

16.     Sen .L.(2001) A follow-up review of wrong site surgery, December 2001. [Retrieved March 26, 2013, from http://www.jointcommission.org/SentinelEvents/

17.     Tonsor, G.T., Schroeder, T.C., (2006). Livestock identification: Lessons for the U.S. Beef Industry from the Australian System. Journal of International Food & Agribusiness Marketing 18(3/4), 1 03-118.

18.     Teo, H.H., Wei, K.K., Benbasat, I.,(2003). Predicting intention to adopt interorganizational linkages: An institutional perspective. MIS Quarterly 27(1), 19-49.

19.     Yano Research Institute. (2008). Result of the survey on RF-ID market. Research Express (in Japanese)

132-136

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

28.

Authors:

Anwar Ahsan

Paper Title:

Crime Detection using Voice Behavior on the Basis of Collected Evidence

Abstract:    Human intelligence is the key to stopping terrorism, and therefore it isessential to know when the information obtained is false. This article briefly outlines the research on voice clue to find fraud, cheating and other crime.Voice analysis technology is most power full to find pattern of voice during the human behavior changes when he or she is true or lying. Voice pattern which is retrieve from database and relate with current situation. System is accommodating to detect deception.

Keywords:
   behavior; cognition; deception; detection; emotion; judgment; lying; Malfeasance; memory: voice, amplitude.


References:

1.        O. Lippold, Physiological Tremor, Scientific American, Volume 224, Number 3, March 1971.
2.        D. Lykken, A Tremor in the Blood, Uses and Abusesof the Lie Detectors, New York, McGraw-Hill,  1981.

3.        National Research Council of the National Academies, The Polygraph and Lie Detection,WashingtonDC,National Academies Press.

4.        Anderson, J.C., &Gerbing, D.W.,Structuralequation modeling in practice: A review and recommended two-step approach. Psychological Bulletin, Vol.103, No.3, 1988, pp.411-423.

5.        Avolio, B. J., Zhu, W., Koh, W., & Bhatia, P., Transformational leadership and organizational commitment: mediating role of psychological empowerment and moderating role of structural distance.Journal of Organizational Behavior, Vol.25, 2004, pp.951-968.

6.        Bettencourt, L.A., Change-oriented organizational citizenship behaviors: the direct and moderating  influence of goal orientation. Journal of Retailing, Vol.80, No.3, 2004, pp.165-180.

7.        Bhal, K.T., & Ansari, M.A., Leader-member exchange-subordinate outcomes relationship: role of Voice and justice. Leadership and Organization Development Journal, Vol.28, No.1, 2007, pp.20-35.

137-141

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

29.

Authors:

K. M. S. Sagar Madan, D. S. Samba Siva Rao

Paper Title:

Prediction of Performance: Practicality between MIMO and Collocated MIMO Radar

Abstract:   We recommend a novel method for multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) radar with colocated antennas which we call phased-MIMO radar. The core of the projected method is to panel the broadcast array into a number of sub arrays that are permissible to overlie. Then, each subarray is worn to articulately put on the air a waveform which is orthogonal to the waveforms transmitted by additional subarrays. Articulate processing gain can be achieved by designing a weight vector for each subarray to form a beam towards a certain direction in space. Moreover, the subarrays are shared in cooperation to form a MIMO radar ensuing in elevated lanky oath capabilities. Substantial improvements offered by the proposed phased-MIMO radar technique as compared to the phasedarray and MIMO radar techniques are verified systematically and by simulations from beginning to end analyzing the analogous grin patterns and the practicable output signal-to-noise-plus-interference ratios. Both analytical and simulation results validated and shown in MATLAB platform about  the effectiveness of the proposed phased-MIMO radar.

Keywords:
   MIMO, Radar, Phase, subarrays.


References:

1.        Aboulnasr Hassanien, “Phased-MIMO Radar: A Tradeoff Between Phased-Array and MIMO Radars,” IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON SIGNAL PROCESSING, VOL. 58, NO. 6, JUNE 2010
2.        E. Brookner, “Phased-Array Radars,” Sci. Am. 252(2), 1985, pp. 94–102.

3.        E.  Fishler,  A.  Haimovich,  R.  Blum,  L.  J.  Cimini,  D.  Chizhik  and  R. Valenzuela,  “Spatial  Diversity  in  Radars  –  Models  and  Detection Performance”,  IEEE  Transactions  on  Signal  Processing,  vol.  54,  no.  3,  pp.823-838, Mar. 2006

4.        N.H.  Lehman,  E.  Fishler,  A.M.  Haimovich,  R.S.  Blum,  D.  Chizhik,  L.J. Cimini,  R.  Valenzuela,  “Evaluation  Of  Transmit  Diversity  In  MIMO-Radar Direction Finding”,  IEEE Transactions On  Signal Processing,  vol.  55, no.  5, pp. 2215-2225, May 2007

5.        D.R. Fuhrman and G.S. Antonio,  “Transmit Beamforming For MIMO Radar Systems  Using  Partial  Signal  Correlation”,  Proc.  38thAsilomar  Conf. Signals, Syst. Comput., vol. 1, pp. 295-299, Nov.2004

6.        A. Hassanien and S. A. Vorobyov, “Transmit/receive beamforming for MIMO radar with colocated antennas”,in Proc. IEEE Int. Conf. Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Processing, April 2009, pp. 2089ñ2092.

7.        W. Forsythe, D. W. Bliss, and G. S. Fawcett, “Multiple-input multipleoutput (MIMO) radar: performance issues”, in Proc. 38thAsilomar Conf. Signals, Syst. Comput., vol. 1, PaciÖc Grove, CA, Nov 2004, pp. 310ñ315.

142-145

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

30.

Authors:

M. Ashok Kumar, T. Aditya Kumar

Paper Title:

A Message-Fleeting Receiver for BICM-OFDM over Anonymous Crowded – Meagre Channels

Abstract:    In disparity to surviving designs, ours is proficient of manipulating not onlymeagrely in sampled channel taps but also crowding among the bulky taps, performances which are notorious to evident at larger communication bandwidths. We intend a factor-graph-based tactic to united channel – approximation and decrypting of bit-interleaved coded orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (BICM-OFDM). In order to exploit these channel-tap structures, we espouse a two-state Gaussian mixture prior in conjunction with a Markov model on the concealed state. For impractical credence promulgation, we exploit a “generalized approximate message passing” algorithm recently developed in the context of compressed sensing, and show that it can be successfully coupled with soft-input soft-output decrypting, as well as hidden Markov inference. For N subcarriers and M bits per subcarrier (and any channel length L < N), our scheme has a computational complexity of only O (N log2 N+N2M). Statistical trials using IEEE 802.15.4a channels show that our scheme yields BER performance within 1 dB of the known-channel bound and 5 dB better than decoupled channel-estimation-and-decoding via LASSO..

Keywords:
   OFDM, LASSO, Markov inference


References:

1.        Nostrania, T. E. Hunter, and A. Hedayat, “Cooperative Communication in Wireless Networks,” IEEE Communications Magazine, Vol. 42, pp. 74-80, October 2004.\
2.        Stefanov and E. Erkip, “Cooperative coding for wireless networks,” IEEE Transactions on Communications, Vol. 52, pp. 1470-1476, September 2004.
3.        G. J. Bradford, “A Framework for Implementation and Evaluation of Cooperative Diversity in Software-Defined Radio,” Master’s thesis, University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, IN, December 2008.

4.        A. Sendonaris, E. Erkip, and B. Aazhang, “User Cooperation Diversity— Part II: Implementation Aspects and Performance Analysis,” IEEE Transactions on Communications, Vol. 51, pp. 1939-1948, November 2003.

5.        E. G. Larsson and B. R. Vojcic, “Cooperative transmit diversity based on superposition modulation,” IEEE Communications Letters, Vol. 9, pp. 778-780, September 2005.

6.        S. V. Maiya and T. E. Fuja, “Cooperative Communications Based on Trellis Pruning,” in Proc. IEEE ISIT, Austin, Texas, U.S., pp. 933-937, June 2010.

7.        O. Collins and M. Hizlan, “Determinate State Convolutional Codes,” IEEE Transactions on Communications, Vol. 41, No. 12, December 1993.

8.        G. Caire, G. Taricco and E. Biglieri, “Bit-Interleaved Coded Modulation,” IEEE Transactions on Information Theory, Vol. 44, pp. 927-946, May 1998

146-148

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

31.

Authors:

Mohammad Faizan

Paper Title:

Assessment of Turbulence RANS Models for Conical Diffuser with Tailpipe

Abstract:    In this paper, four common turbulence models were selected to assess the predictions of the velocity profiles and static pressure coefficient in an experiment-studied conical diffuser. The four models chosen were the standard k– model, the standard k– model, the shear-stress transport k– SST, and the Reynolds stress model. The steady RANS equations for turbulent incompressible fluid flow and turbulence closure were solved using the commercial code of ANSYS Fluent 14.0. It was found that the standard k– model and the shear-stress transport k– SST model failed to predict accurate velocity profiles and the static pressure recovery in the tailpipe. The model results were compared with the published experimental data. The standard k– model presented the same capability of as Reynolds stress model to capture flow pattern in the diffuser and tailpipe. Numerical results also revealed that the standard k– model succeeded to predict an accurate static pressure recovery in the diffuser but failed to predict accurate velocity profiles.

Keywords:
   Conical diffuser, diffuser performance, pressure recovery, RANS, turbulence models.


References:

1.       D. D. Apsley, and M. A. Leschziner, “Advanced turbulence modelling of separated flow in a diffuser”, Flow, Turbulence and Combustion, Vol. 63 no. 1-4, pp. 81-112 (2000).
2.       M. Ariff, S. M. Salim and S. C. Cheah, “Wall y+ approach for dealing with turbulent flow over a surface mounted cube: part 1–low Reynolds number”, Proceedings of Seventh International Conference on CFD in the Minerals and Process Industries, Melbourne, Australia, (Dec. 2009).

3.       H. Bassily, M. A., EL-Kersh, A. M. Bassiouny and M. R. Gomaa, “Air flow characteristics in an asymmetric plane diffuser under different inlet conditions”, Bulletin of the Faculty of Engineering, Minia University, vol. 27, no. 2 (2008).

4.       R. A. Berdanier, “Turbulent flow through an asymmetric plane diffuser”, Masters Thesis, Purdue University (2011).

5.       L. Chen, A. Yang, R. Dai, and K. Chen, “Comparative study of turbulence models in separated-attached diffuser flow”, The 4th International Symposium on Fluid Machinery and Fluid Engineering, Beijing, China No. 4ISFMFE – Ch 04, pp. 215-220, (Nov. 2008)..

6.       E. M. Cherry and Glaccarino, “Separated flow in a three-dimensional diffuser: preliminary validation”, Center for Turbulence Research, Annual Research Briefs (2006).

7.       S. M. El-Behery and M. H. Hamed, “A comparative study of turbulence models performance for separating flow in a planar asymmetric diffuser”, Computers and Fluids, vol. 44, no. 1, pp. 248-257 (2011).

8.       M. Faizan, A. Alosaimy, and A. M. El- Kersh, “Performance of conical diffuser equipped with center bodies at inlet”, Minia Journal of Engineering and Technology, (MJET), vol. 32, no. 1, pp. 174-187 (2013).

9.       G. Iaccarino, “Predictions of a turbulent separated flow using commercial CFD codes”, Journal of Fluids Engineering, vol. 123, no. 4, pp. 819-828 (2001).

10.     B. E. Launder and D. B. Spalding, “Lectures in Mathematical Models of Turbulence”, Academic Press, London, England (1972).

11.     B. E. Launder, G. J. Reece and W. Rodi, “Progress in the development of a Reynolds-stress turbulence closure”,  Journal of  Fluid Mechanics, vol. 68, no. 3, pp. 537-566 (1975).

12.     F. R. Menter, “Two-Equation Eddy-Viscosity Turbulence Models for Engineering Applications”, AIAA Journal, vol. 32, no. 8, pp. 1598-1605 (1994).

13.     D. S. Miller, “Internal flow systems design and performance prediction”, 2nd Edition, Gulf Publishing Company, Houston, Texas USA (1990).

14.     I. Nakamura, K. Ishikawa, and Y. Furuya, “Experiments on the Conical Diffuser Performance with Asymmetric Uniform Shear Inlet Flow: Effect of tailpipe discharge”, Bulletin of JSME, vol. 24, no. 196, pp. 1729-1738 (1981).

15.     H. K. Versteeg and W. Malalasekera, “An introduction to computational fluid dynamics: the finite volume method”, Pearson Education (2007).

16.     D. C. Wilcox, “Turbulence modeling for CFD”, DCW Industries, Inc., La Canada, California (1998).

17.     C.D. Argyropoulos and N.C. Markatos, “Recent advances on the numerical modeling of turbulent flows: Review Article”, Applied Mathematical Modeling, In Press, Available online 14 July 2014.

149-154

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

32.

Authors:

D. Devi Sirisha, Satya Naresh

Paper Title:

Prediction of LSE via Reaction Dispersion

Abstract:    A dispersion term is hosted into LSE, resulting in a RD-LSE equation, to which a piecewise constant solution can be derived. This project presents an innovative reaction-dispersion (RD) method for implicit active outlines, which is completely free of the costly re-initialization procedure in level set evolution (LSE). In order to have a balanced statistical result of the RD based LSE, we recommend a two-step splitting method (TSSM) to iteratively crack the RD-LSE equation: first iterating the LSE equation, and then solving the dispersion equation. The second step regularizes the level set function obtained in the first step to ensure stability, and thus the complex and costly re-initialization procedure is completely eliminated from LSE. By successfully applying dispersion to LSE, the RD-LSE model is stable by means of the simple finite difference method, which is very easy to implement. The proposed RD method can be generalized to solve the LSE for both variation level set method and PDE-based level set method. The RD-LSE method shows appropriate noble concert on boundary anti-leakage, and it can be voluntarily prolonged to high dimensional level set method. The extensive and promising experimental results on synthetic and real images validate the effectiveness of the proposed RD-LSE approach.

Keywords:
   RD-LSE, PDE, TSSM.


References:

1.        S. Zhu and A. Yuille, “Region competition: unifying snakes, region growing, and Bayes/MDL for multiband image segmentation,” IEEE Trans. Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence,vol. 18, no. 9, pp. 884–900, 1996.
2.        K. Zhang, L. Zhang, H. Song and W. Zhou, “Active contours with selective local or global segmentation: a new formulation and level set method,” Image and Vision Computing, vol. 28, issue 4, pp. 668-676, April 2010.

3.        M. Sussman, P. Smereka, S. Osher, “A Level Set Approach for Computing Solutions to Incompressible Two-Phase Flow,” J. Comp. Phys.,vol. 114, pp. 146-159, 1994.

4.        D. Adalsteinsson and J. Sethian, “A fast level set method for propagating interfaces,” J. Comput. Phys., vol. 118, no. 2, pp. 269-277, 1995.

5.        R. Tsai, and S. Osher, “Level Set Methods and Their Applications in Image Science,” COMM.MATH.SCI., vol.1, no. 4, pp. 623–656, 2003.

6.        S. Esedoglu, and Y. Tsai, “Threshold dynamics for the piecewise constant Mumford-Shah functional,” J. Comp. Phys.,vol. 211, pp. 367-384, 2006.

7.        T. Chan and L. Vese, “Active contours without edges,” IEEE Trans.Image Process, vol. 10, no. 2, pp. 266–277, Feb. 2001.

8.        G. Aubert and P. Kornprobst, Mathematical problems in image processing, New York: Springer-Verlag, 2000

9.        J. Rubinstein, P. Sternberg, and J. Keller, “Fast reaction, slow diffusion, and curve shortening,”  SIAM J.APPL.MATH, Vol. 49, No. 1, pp. 116-133, Feb. 1989.

10.     P. Sternberg, “The effect of a singular perturbation on nonconvex variational problems,” Arch.Rational Mech.Anal.,vol. 101, pp. 209-240, 1988.

11.     L. Evans, Partial Differential Equations,Providence: American Mathematical Society, 1998.

12.     J. Xu, H. Zhao, “An Eulerian Formulation for Solving Partial Differential EquationsAlong a Moving Interface,” J. Sci. Comp.,vol. 19, pp. 573-594, 2003.

13.     J. Strikwerda, Finite difference schemes and partial differential equations,Wadsworth & Brooks/Cole Advanced Books & Software, Pacific grove, California, 1989.

14.     S. Allen and J. Cahn, “A Microscopic Theory for Antiphase Boundary Motion and Its Application to Antiphase Domain Coarsening,”Acta Metallurgica., vol. 27, pp. 1085-1095, 1979.

15.     S. Baldo, “Minimal Interface Criterion for Phase Transitions in Mixtures of Cahn-Hilliard Fluids,” Annals Inst. Henri Poincare., vol. 7, pp. 67-90, 1990.

155-160

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

33.

Authors:

S. Murali, B. Srinivas

Paper Title:

Design and Implementation of IEEE-754 Decimal Floating Point Adder, Subtractor and Multiplier

Abstract:    This paper describes the development of a Decimal Floating Point adder/subtractor multiplier and division for ALU in   verilog with the help of ModelSim and will be synthesized by using Xilinx tools. These are available in single cycle and pipeline architectures and fully synthesizable with performance comparable to other available high speed implementations. The design is described as graphical schematics and code. This representation is very valuable as allows for easy navigation over all the components of the units, which allows for a faster understanding of their inter relationships and the different aspects of a Floating Point operation. The presented DFP adder/subtractor supports operations on the decimal 64 format and our extension is decimal floating point multiplier. The fixed-point design is extended to support floating-point multiplication by adding several components including exponent generation, rounding, shifting, and exception handling. And DFP multiplier is compared with the booth multiplier technique.

Keywords:
   DFP, Booth multiplier, IEEE 754-1985 standard, Floating point multiplication.


References:

1.        Improved Architectures for a Fused Floating-Point Add-Subtract Unit Jongwook Sohn, StudentMember, IEEE, and Earl E. Swartzlander, Jr., Life Fellow,  IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS—I: REGULAR PAPERS, VOL. 59, NO. 10, OCTOBER 2012.
2.        IEEE Standard for Floating-Point Arithmetic, ANSI/IEEE Standard 754-2008, New York: IEEE, Inc., Aug. 29, 2008.

3.        E. Hokenek, R. K. Montoye, and P. W. Cook, “Second-generation RISC floating point with multiply-add fused,” IEEE J. Solid-State Circuits, vol. 25, no. 5, pp. 1207–1213, Oct. 1990.

4.        T. Lang and J. D. Bruguera, “Floating-point fused multiply-add with reduced latency,” IEEE Trans. Comput., vol. 53, no. 8, pp. 988–1003,Aug. 2004.

5.        IEEE Standard for Floating-Point Arithmetic, pp. 1 58, 2008, iEEE Std 754-2008.

6.        M. F. Cowlishaw, “Decimal floating-point: algorism for computers,” in Proc. 16th IEEE Symp. Computer Arithmetic, 2003, pp. 104–111.

161-166

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

34.

Authors:

K. Chandra Sekhar, K. Saritha Raj

Paper Title:

An Efficient Pseudo Random Number Generator for Cryptographic Applications

Abstract:    LFSR based Pseudo Random Sequence Generator (PRSG) technique is used for various cryptography applications such as Data Encryption keys, Bank Security communication channels etc. The total number of Random States generated using  LFSR  are 2n-1  and depends on the Feedback Polynomial used in the design. Linear Feedback Shift Register(LFSR) counter  is very effective when compared to other counters used in cryptographic applications especially in terms of  Hardware, speed of operation and it is also  less prone to Glitches. In this paper we implemented LFSR counter and it is compared with Binary and Gray counters to observe the performance of the counter in terms of Hardware and Speed. The analysis is conceded out to find number of gates, Memory and Speed requirement as the number of bits gets increased.

Keywords:
   LFSR, Pseudo Random Sequence Generator, Feedback Polynomial.

References:
1.        Rajendra S.Katti, Xiaoyu Ruan and Hareesh Khattri, “Multiple output Low Power Linear Feedback Shift Register Design,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems-I, vol. 53, No.7 July 2006.
2.        Panda Amit K, Rajput P, Shukla B, “FPGA Implementation of 8, 16 and 32 Bit LFSR with Maximum Length Feedback Polynomial using VHDL”, 2012 International Conference on Communication Systems and Network Technologies.

3.        Shiv Dutta Mishra, Prof. Anurag Shrivastav “Design and Analysis of FPGA based cryptographic N-bit parallel LFSR”, International Journal of Latest Trends in Engineering & Technology (IJLTET), NOV 2013, Vol. 3, Issue 2, ISSN. 2278-621X.

4.        Goresky, M. and Klapper, A.M. Fibonacci and Galois representations of feedback-with-carry shift registers, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory, Nov 2002, Volume: 48, On page(s): 2826 – 2836.

5.        Efficient Shift Registers, LFSR Counters, and Long Pseudo-Random  Sequence Generators, Application Note, Xilinx Inc.

167-170

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

35.

Authors:

Mehdi Ameur, Ahmed Essadki, Tamou Nasser

Paper Title:

Evaluation of Photovoltaic System with Different Research Methods of Maximum Power Point Tracking

Abstract:    The objective of this paper is to evaluate the photovoltaic system with different techniques of MPPT system by modeling the whole system which is constituted of the photovoltaic generator connected to a DC-DC converter and commanded by three algorithms of MPPT :Perturb an Observe (P&O), Incremental Conductance (INC) and Fuzzy Logic Controller (FLC). The PV system will be simulated at different parameters such as the irradiation, the temperature to determine the influences of these conditions on the power, the voltage and the current generated by the PV system and also on the performance of each methods of the MPPT system. From the various tests and the results of the simulations the PV system can provide a maximum power with rapidity and precision using the MPPT algorithms discussed in this paper.

Keywords:
   Fuzzy logic controller (FLC), Hill Climbing (HC), Incremental Conductance (INC), Perturb and Observe (P&O)


References:

1.       Pongsakor Takun, Somyot Kaitwanidvilai, Chaiyan Jettanasen “Maximum Power Point Tracking using Fuzzy Logic Control for Photovoltaic Systems” proceedings of the International MultiConference of Engineers and Computer Scientists 2011
2.       Vol II, IMECS 2011, March 16-18, 2011, Hong Kong.

3.       Guenounou Ouahhib, Boutaib Dahhou, Ferhat Chabour,“Adaptive fuzzy controller based MPPT for photovoltaic systems” February 2014. P.843–850.

4.       Krismadinata, Nasrudin Abd. Rahim, Hew Wooi Ping, Jeyraj Selvaraj “photovoltaic module modeling using simulink/matlab” Procedia Environmental Sciences 17 :537 – 546

5.       Francisco M. González-Longatt ,“Model of Photovoltaic Module in Matlab™,” Francisco M, González-Longatt, “Model of Photovoltaic Module in Matlab™”, 2do congresoı beroamerı cano de estudıantes de ıngenıeríaeléctrı ca, electrónıca y computacıón pp.1-5, 2005

6.       R.W. Erickson, ‘’Fundamentals of Power Electronics’’, Chapman & Hall, 115 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY, 1997.

7.       de Brito MAG, Sampaio LP, Junior LG, Canesin CA. Evaluation of MPPT techniques for photovoltaic applications. In: Proceedings of the industrial electronics (ISIE) 2011 IEEE international symposium; 2011. p. 1039–44.

8.       Mummadi Veerachary, Tomonobu Senjyu and Katsumi Uezato, “Voltage-Based Maximum Power Point Tracking Control of PV System” IEEE Transactions on Aerospace And Electronic Systems, Vol. 38, No. 1, January 2002, pp.262-270.

9.       A. Oi, “Design and Simulation of Photovoltaic Water Pumping System,” in Electrical Engineering, vol. Master of Science in Electrical Engineering. San Luis Obispo: California Polytechnic

10.     State University, 2005, pp. 113.

11.     C. Cedric, “.energy optimization of the electronic stage of adaptation dedicated to photovoltaic conversion». Thesis of the university Toulouse III – Paul Sabatier. (2008)

12.     Nacer K. M’Sirdi, A.Rabhi , M.Abarkan, “New VSAS approach for Maximum Power Tracking for Renewable Energy Sources (RES)” Mediterranean Green Energy Forum 2013: Proceedings of an International Conference MGEF-13, 708 – 717

171-180

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

36.

Authors:

Stanislav Simeonov, Neli Simeonova

Paper Title:

Modeling an Aggregate of Interfaces in a Discrete Space and Time

Abstract:    Visually impaired people need improvement of their communicability to contact with other people. Different solutions of the improvement of the man-computer interaction could help the visually impaired people use their abilities to full extent. The Human-Computer Interaction (HCI) is a basic term described as the way a user communicates or interacts with computers. To guarantee the ability to acquire information, the computer interface should include software and hardware elements to facilitate this perception. The development of computer technology provides possibilities to combine multiple performing devices into an integrated system aimed to give or facilitate certain services. In somewhat narrower context, the present work is related to the problems in the design of complex interface and performing devices for the people with reduced sight or totally blind ones. This is a prerequisite for the realization not only of interface devices but also of systems capable of partial or full processing of information. In the presented study is shown a model of a single system. The study is the result of research project funded by Bulgarian National Science Fund – NSF Grant No D-ID-02/14 and Grant NHT-333/14.

Keywords:
   Automation, Blind people, Computer Interfaces, IT Architecture, Modeling, User support,


References:

1.       Chee-Hock N., Boon-Hee S., 2008, Queueing Modelling Fundamentals With Applications in Communication Networks, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., ISBN 978-0-470-51957-8 (HB)
2.       Bainov, D. D. and Simeonov, P. S., 1989, Systems with Impulsive Effect: Stability Theory and Applications, Ellis Horwood, Chichester, Systems of Differential
Equations, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, 113 (1986), pp.562-577

3.       Gopalsamy, K. and Zhang, B., 1989, On delay differential equations with impulses, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, 139, pp.110-122

4.       Halanay, A and Wexler, D., Teoria Calitativa a Sistemelor cu Impulsuri, Editura Academiei Republicii Socialiste Romania, Bukureshti, Romania, 1968

5.       Lakshmikantham, V., Bainov, D. D. and Simeonov, P. S., 1989, Theory of Impulsive Differential Equations, World Scientific, Singapore, New Jersey, London

6.       Liu, X., 2004, Stability of impulsive control systems with time delay, Math.  Computer Modeling, 39, pp. 511-519

7.       Randelovic, B., Stefanovic, L. and Dankovic, B., 2000, Numerical solutions of impulsive differential equations, Facta Universitatis, Ser. Math. Inform., 15, pp. 101-111

8.       Stamov, G. T., 2004, Impulsive cellular neural networks and almost periodicity, Proc. of the Japan Academy,  80/10, pp. 198-203

9.       Stamov, G. T and Stamova, I. M., 2007, Almost periodic solutions for impulsive neural networks with delay, Appl. Math. Modeling 31, pp. 1263-1270

10.     Stamova, I. M., 2009, Stability Analysis of Impulsive Functional Differential Equations, Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, New York,

11.     G.T. Stamov, 2012, Almost Periodic Solutions of Impulsive Differential Equations, Springer, Berlin

181-186

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

37.

Authors:

Mahbubeh Mehrdost, Ehsan Kamrani, Fereridoon Owfi, Hodeis Abbasi GHadikolaei

Paper Title:

Identification, Classification and Coding of Hengan Island Coastal Biotopes, using by CMECS / GIS Model

Abstract:    This study investigated Hengam Island coastline biotopes identification, classification and coding base on Coastal Marine Ecological Classification Standard (CMECS) model and using by GIS, in 8 stations during 2012-2013. Each ecological habitat biotopes, satellite figures analyzed and GIS cover placed divided to Surface Geology Component (SGC) and Biotic Cover Component (BCC) of different layers information. At last results showed 24 standard codes in Hengam island intertidal zone by CMECSIII and most of them obvious in western part of the area. So because of heterogeneous structure and various subhabitats in rocky coastline of the study area clarify a guideline for future Environmental planning, management and protected.

Keywords:
   Coastal biotopes, Ecological classification, CMECS, HENGAM Island, Persian Gulf.


References:

1.        Allee, R.J., M. Dethier, D. Brown, L. Deegan,.R. Ford, T.R. Hourigan, J. Maragos, C. Schoch K. Sealey, R. Twilley, M.P. Weinstein and M. Yoklavich, Mary, 2000.Marine and Estuarine Ecosystem and Habitat Classification. NOAATechnical Memorandum. NMFS-F/SPO-43.
2.        Beatley TD, Brower, j., Schwab, A.K. 2002.An Introduction toCoastal Zone Management.Second edition. Island press USA.329 P.

3.        Connor, D.W., J. Allen, N. Golding, K. Howell, L. Lieberknecht, K. Northen and J. Reker, 2004.The national marine habitat classification for Britain and Ireland,
version 04.05 Joint Nature Conservation Committee. Available from:http:// www.jncc.gov.uk/pdf/04_05_introduction.pdf.

4.        Cowardin, L. M., Carter, F. C. , Golet, E. T., 1979.Classification of wetlands and deepwater habitats of the UnitedStates. U. S. Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Office of Biological Services Washington. 20-24 p.

5.        Geographical organization of the Ministry of Defense and Armed Forces Logistics, 2004. Geography of Iran’s Persian Gulf islands (Island, Lark and Hengam).

6.        Kaiser, M.J., Collie, Jones, D.A., 2002. Afield guide to the marine and seashores ecosystems. University of Kuwait, Kuwait.

7.        Kutcher, T. E. , Garfield, N. H. , Raposa, K. B. 2005. A recommendation for a comprehensive habitat and land use classification system for the National Estuaries Research Reserve System.National Estuarine Research Reserve, Estuarine Reserves Division (Draft). Draft report to NOAA/NOS/OCRM, Silverspiring. 26p.

8.        Lund, K., Wilbur, A. R. 2007. Habitat Classification Feasibility Study for Coastal and Marine Environments in Massachusetts.Boston, Massachusetts Office of Coastal Zone Management.

9.        Madden C, Dennis J, Grossman H, Kathleen L, Goodin, K. 2005. Coastal and Marine Systems of North American. Framework for an Ecological Classification Standard (versionIII).76p

10.     Madden, C., Goodin, K., Allee, R.J., Cicchetti, G., Moses, C., Finkbeiner, M., Bamford, D.P. ,2009.Coastal and Marine Ecological Classification Standard. NOAA and NatureServe, Arlington,Virginia. 123p

11.     Owfi, F. 2005.Criteria for classification of coasts coastal ecologies and determining the ecological assessment criteria of coastal–marine ecologiesTehran, Iranian Fisheries Research Institute, p. 66.

12.     SharifPour,  R., Owfi, F., 2006. Environmental management of coastal areas (the evaluation of status quo), Tehran, Ports and Maritime Organization Press, p.396.

13.     Owfi, F.,Vafaei, F., Daneh Kar, A., Rabbaniha, M. 2009.Integrated Coastal Zone Management of Iran, Tehran, Ports and Maritime Organization Press, p.457.

14.     Sharifi Pour, R., Owfi, F., 2008, Important ecosystems, the natural effects and attractive environmental landscapes in the coastal areas of Iran (integrated management of coastal areas of country), Tehran, Ports and Maritime Organization Press, p.205.

15.     Tyrrell, M. C., 2004. Strategic plan for mapping Massachusetts benthic marine habitats Boston, Massachusetts Office of Coastal Zone Management.  Boston M.A. 58p.

16.     Vanzalling, M. 1997. Biological methods for Ecological Fisheries Studies in the Tropical Zone.FAO Rome.98p.

187-194

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

38.

Authors:

Manoj Kumar Gouda, D. Yugandhar

Paper Title:

Design of Multicore Processor using Multithreading Technique

Abstract:    The multicore design has become a  design philosophy in engineering applications. Speedup has been achieved by increasing clock speeds and, more recently, adding multiple processing cores to the same chip. Although chip speed has increased exponentially over the years, that time is ending and manufacturers have shifted toward multicore processing. However, by increasing the number of cores on a single chip challenges arise with memory and cache coherence as well as communication between the cores. A multi-core processor is a processing system composed of two or more independent cores. One can describe it as an integrated circuit to which two or more individual processors (called cores in this sense) have been attached. This paper discuss the advantage in the transition from non pipelined processor to single core pipelined processor, and the transition from single core pipelined processor to multicore pipelined processor and finally ends in with designing a quadcore processor. It begins with the discussion of implementation of a non pipelined processor. Secondly we discuss the process of converting it into a pipelined processor and the shared memory issues are discussed. Finally provides the design details of all the phases of a multicore processor with quad port memory design, including performance achievement achieved by this transition. The design is done on xilinx Spartan xc6slx45-csg324-4 FPGA and it performance characteristics are anlaysed .  The designed Quad core performance issues like area, speed and power dissipation are also presented. 

Keywords:
   Mulit-core processor, Pipelining, Quadcore,FPGA.


References:

1.        Tai-Hua, Lu, Chung-Ho Chen, KuenJong Lee. “Effective Hybrid Test Program Development for Software-Based Self-Testing of Quad Cores” ,IEEE Manuscript received April 03, 2012, revised August 14, 2012, first published December 18, 2012.
2.        Gohringer, D., Hubner, M.Perschke, T., Becker. J. “New Dimensions for Quad core Architectures Demand Heterogeneity”, Infrastructure and Performance through reconfigurability The EMPSoC Approach”. In Proc of FPL 2010, PP.495-498, Sept 2010.

3.        Lysaght, P. Blodget, B. Mason, J.Young, B.Bridgford. “Invited Paper: Quad core design Methodologies and CAD Tools for Dynamic Reconfiguration of Xilinx FPGAs”. In Proceedings of FPL 2009, August 2009.

4.        D. Tullsen, S. Eggers, and H. Levy, “Simultaneous Multithreading: Maximizing On- Chip Parallelism,” Proc. 22nd Ann. Int’l Symp. Computer Architecture, ACM Press, New York,1995, pp. 392-403.

5.        J. lo, S. Eggers, J. Emer, H. Levy, R. Sstamm, and D. Tullsen.”Converting thread level parallelism into instruction-level parallelism via simultaneous multithreading”. ACM Transactions on Computer Systems, 15(2), pp. 323-354, August 1997.

6.        Lance, Hammond, Basem, Ku.umen “ANayfeh, Kunle Olukotun.A Single-Chip multiprocessor. IEEE Computer”, vol. 30, no. 9, pp. 79–85, September1997.

7.        J. Borkenhagen, R. Eickemeyer, and R. Kalla : “A Multithreaded PowerPC Processor for Commercial Servers, IBM Journal of Research and Development”, November 2000, Vol. 44, No. 6, pp.1995.

195-199

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

39.

Authors:

J. Raja, R. Anitha

Paper Title:

Power Allocation for Link Adaptive Relaying System with Energy Harvesting Nodes

Abstract:   In this paper, we consider optimal power allocation for link adaptive relaying systems with energy harvesting(EH) node. EH means source communicates with destination via EH Decode-and-Forward relay over the fading channels. We propose two types of relaying system. The first one is conventional relaying  system, the source and relay transmit the signal in consecutive time slot and another one is buffer-aided link adaptive  relaying system, the source-relay and relay-destination channels as well as amount of energy available at source and relay finding whether the source or relay is selected for transmission. Our  main aim is to maximize the system throughput and to reduce the delay by using the technique is RSS. In both type of relaying system having  offline and online power allocation method. Based upon this to analyses the performance gain and give the simulation result

Keywords:
   Buffer- aided link adaptive relaying, conventional relaying,  energy harvesting,  power allocation, RSS.


References:

1.        O.Ozel, K. Tutuncuogulu, J. Yang, S.Ulukus, and A. Yener , “Transmission with energy harveating nodes in fading wireless channels: optimal policies,” IEEE J.Sel.Area Commun.., vol. 29, no. 1, pp. 1732-1743, Sep. 2011.
2.        C. K. Ho and R. Zhang, “Optimal energy allocation for wireless communication with energy harvesting constraint,” IEEE Trans.Signal Process., vol. 60, pp. 4808-4818,  sep. 2012.

3.        B. Medepally and N.B.Mehta,“ Voluntary energy harvesting relay and selection in cooperative wireless networks,” IEEE Trans Wireless Commun.,  vol. 9,pp:3543-3553, Nov.2010.

4.        C. Huang R. Zhang, and S. Cui,”Throughput maximization for the Gaussain relay channel with energy constraints,”  IEEE J. Sel Area Commun., , vol. 3,1 p:1469-1479,  AugusT 2013.

5.        D. W. K. Ng, and R. Schober, “Spectral efficient optimization in OFDM systems with wireless information and power transfer,” Available:hppt://arxiv.org/pdf/1303.0381.pdf.

6.        A. Kansal. J. Hus, S. Zahedi, and M. B. Srivastava, “Power managment in the energy harvesting sensor network,” ACM Trans. Embed. Comput. Syst.,  vol.6, pp. 1-35, sep. 2007.

7.        V. Sharma, U. Mukherji, V. Joseph, and S. Gupta, “Optimal energy managment policies for energy harvesting sensor node,”  IEEE Trans.Wireless Commun.., vol. 9, pp. 1326–1336, April. 2010.

8.        B. Gurakan, O. Ozel, J. Yang, and S. Ulukus, “Energy cooperation inenergy harvesting communications,” to be published.

9.        J. N. Laneman, D. N. C. Tse, and G. W. Wornell, “Cooperative diversity in wireless networks: efficient protocols and outage behaviour,” IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, vol. 50, pp. 3062–3080, Dec. 2004.

10.     N. Zlatanov, R. Schober, and P. Popovski, “Buffer-aided relaying withadaptive link selection,” IEEE J. Sel. Areas Commun., vol. 31, pp. 1530–1542, Aug. 2013.

11.     N. B. Mehta, V. Sharma, and G. Bansal, “Performance analysis of acooperative system with rateless codes and buffered relays,” IEEE Trans.Wireless Commun., vol. 10, pp. 1069–1081, Apr. 2011.

12.     P. Belotti, J. Lee, L. Liberti, F. Margot, and A. Waechter, “Branchingand bounds tightening techniques for non-convex MINLP,” Optimization

13.     S. Boyd and L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization. Cambridge University Press, 2004.

14.     A. Ikhlef, D. S. Michalopoulos, and R. Schober, “Max-max relayselection for relays with buffers,” IEEE Trans. Wireless Commun.,vol. 11, pp. 1124–1135, Mar. 2012.

200-204

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

40.

Authors:

J. Raja, M. Logeswari

Paper Title:

Maximization of Throughput for Gaussian Relay Channel with Hybrid Relaying: Decode-Amplify and Forward

Abstract:    For the classic three node Gaussian relay channel with hybrid relaying of both decode and forward (DF) and amplify and forward (AF) relaying, the throughput maximization  over a finite horizon of N transmission block is presented . Here we are assuming the deterministic energy harvesting model in which the parameters such as energy arrival time and harvested amount are known prior to the transmission. Consider the two types of data traffic based on different delays i.e., delay constraint (DC) and no delay constraint (NDC) traffic cases.

Keywords:
   amplify and forward, decode and forward, energy harvesting and Gaussian relay channel.


References:

1.       D. Niyato, E. Hossain, and A. Fallahi, “Sleep and wakeup strategies in solar-powered wireless sensor/mesh networks: Performance analysis and optimization,” IEEE Trans. Mobile Comput., vol. 6, no. 2, pp. 221–236,Feb. 2007.
2.       A. Kansal, J. Hsu, S. Zahedi, and M. B. Srivastava, “Power management in energy harvesting sensor networks,” ACM Trans. Embedded Comput.Syst., vol. 7, no. 4, pp. 1–8, Sep. 2007

3.       O. Ozel and S. Ulukus, “Information-theoretic analysis of an energy harvesting communication system,” in Proc. IEEE Personal, Indoor Mobile Radio Conf. (PIMRC), Sep. 2010.

4.       D. Gunduz and B. Devillers, “Two-hop communication with energy harvesting,” in Proc. 4th Int. Workshop Computational Advances Multi-Sensor Adaptive Process., Dec. 2011.

5.       Y. Liang and V. V. Veeravalli, “Gaussian orthogonal relay channel: Optimal resource allocation and capacity,” IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory, vol.51, no. 9, pp. 3284–3289, Sep. 2005.

6.       S. Boyd and L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 2004.

7.       T. M. Cover and J. A. Thomas, Elements of information Theory, 2nd ed. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2006.

8.       T. Q. Duong and H. J. Zepernick, “On the performance gain of hybrid decode–amplify–forward cooperative communications,” EURASIP J. Wireless Commun. Netw., vol. 2009, Article ID 479463, 10 pp.,2009.

9.       H. Chen, J. Liu, C. Zhai, and L. Zheng, “Performance analysis of SNR -based hybrid decode–amplify–forward cooperative diversity networks over Rayleigh fading channels,” in Proc. IEEE WCNCW, Sydney,Australia, Apr. 2010, pp. 1–6.

205-208

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

41.

Authors:

Vijayashree C, Amuthini P, Preetha

Paper Title:

Simulation and Experimental Performance Solar PV Water Pumping System using BI-Facial Concentrator

Abstract:    In present scenario has water pumps in every household of a city that are driven by electric motors connected to the utility network. The use of photovoltaic as the power source for pumping water is considered as one of the most promising area of PV application but initial cost of the system was high. In this paper, viable alternative to reduce the final cost of the pumped water volume is proposed by using low concentration cavities. Bi-facial concentrators are particularly appropriate for photovoltaic applications since, for certain combinations of the concentration ratio (C) and vertex  vertex angle (ψ), they provide uniform illumination on the region where the modules are located. A model of solar PV water pumping system designed for water requirement of 1500 liters/day and maximum head of 5m. This pumping system model was simulated using PVSYST software and ray tracing model of concentrator was simulated using TracePro software. Results shows that, for the climate of the city of Chennai (India), 60 % improvement in annual pumped water volume and 28% of cost reduction for concentrator system when compared to fixed SPVWP system.

Keywords:
   Bifacial Concentrator, PVSYST, Concentrating Mirror


References:
1.        Hamidat, B. Benyoucef, T. Hartani. Small-scale irrigation with photovoltaic water pumping system in Sahara regions. Renewable Energy 28 (2003) 1081–1096. 
2.        Odeh, Y.G. Yohanis, B. Norton. Influence of pumping head, insolation and PV array size on PV water pumping system performance. Solar Energy 80 (2006) 51–64[3] Ali A. Hamza And Azmi Z. Taha . Performance Of Submersible PV Solar Pumping Systems Under Conditions In The Sudan. Pergamon 0960-1481(95) 00049—6

3.        Abdelmalek Mokeddem, Abdelhamid Midoun , D. Kadri, Said Hiadsi, Iftikhar, A. Raja. Performance of a directly-coupled PV water pumping system. Energy Conversion and Management 52 (2011) 3089–3095.

4.        Q. Kou, S.A. Klein , W.A. Beckman. A method for estimating the long-term performance of direct-coupled pv pumping systems. PII: S0038-092X(98)00049-8.

5.        J. Bione, O.C. Vilela, N. Fraidenraich. Comparison of the performance of PV water pumping systems driven by fixed, tracking and V-trough generators. Solar Energy 76 (2004) 703–711.

6.        J. Frank, M. Rüdiger, S. Fischer, J.C. Goldschmidt, M. Hermle. Optical Simulation of Bifacial Solar Cells. Energy Procedia 27 ( 2012 ) 300 – 305.

209-212

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

42.

Authors:

R. Santosh, K. V. Lalitha Bhavani

Paper Title:

Area Efficient Higher Order FIR Filter Design using Improved Distributed Arithmetic with Look up Tables

Abstract:    This paper describes the design and implementation of highly efficient LUT based circuit for the implementation of FIR filter using Distributed arithmetic algorithm. It is  a multiplier less fir filter designed and designed based on distributed arithmetic algorithm. The DA based technique consists of Look Up Table (LUT), shift registers and scaling accumulator.  Analysis on the performance of  filter order with  partition on different address length of partial tables are done using Xilinx 12.1 synthesis tool. The proposed architecture provides an efficient area-time-power implementation which improves latency and less area-delay complexity through pipelining technique when compared with existing structures for FIR Filter.

Keywords:
   Distributed Arithmetic (DA), FIR filter, Look up table (LUT), FPGA.


References:

1.        Mohamed al mahdi Eshtawie and Masurie Bin Othman,”An Algorithm Proposed For FIR Filter Cofficent Representation” International Journel of Mahematics and computer Sciences 2008.pp24-30.
2.        John G. Prokis, Manolakis, ”Digital Signal Processing” Principles ,algorithm and applications (Fourth Edition)- 2008
3.        Antolin Agatep, “Xilinx Spartan-II FIR Filter Solution”, WP14 (v1.0) April 5, 2000
4.        M. Yamada, and A. Nishihara, “High-Speed FIR Digital Filter with CSD Coefficients Designed on FPGA”, in Proceedings of IEEE Design Automation Conference , 2001, pp. 7-8.

5.        M.A. Soderstrand, L.G. Johnson, H. Arichanthiran, M. Hoque, and R. Elangovan, “Reducing Hardware Requirement in FIR Filter Design”, in Proceedings IEEE International Conference on Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Processing 2000, Vol. 6, pp. 3275 – 3278

6.        Martinez-Peiro, J. Valls, T. Sansaloni, A.P. Pascual, and E.I. Boemo, “A Comparison between Lattice, Cascade and Direct Form FIR Filter Structures by using a FPGA Bit-Serial DA Implementation”, in Proceedings of IEEE International Conference on Electronics, Circuits and Systems, 1999, Vol. 1,pp. 241 – 244.

7.        A. Croisier, D. J. Esteban, M. E. Levilion, and V. Rizo “Digital Filter for PCM Encoded Signals”, U.S. Patent No. 3,777,130, issued April, 1973

8.        H. Yoo, and D. Anderson, “Hardware-Efficient Distributed Arithmetic Architecture for High-Order Digital Filters”, in Proceedings of IEEE International Conference on Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Processing, 2005, Vol. 5, pp. 125 – 128.

9.        T.Vigneswarn and P.Subbarami Reddy”Design of Digital FIR Filter Based on DDA algorithm” Journal of Applied Science ,2007

10.     Stanley A. White,”Application of Distributed Arithmetic to Digital Signal Processing: A Tutorial Review” IEEE Acoustic speech signal processing Magazine, July 1989

11.     Attri, S.; Sohi, B.S.; Chopra, Y.C.; “Efficient design of application specific DSP cores using FPGAs” in Proceedings of 4th IEEE International Conference on application specific integrated circuits Oct. 2001 Page(s):462 – 466

12.     Samir Palnitkar,”Verilog HDL A guide to Digital Design and Synthesis”Second Edition-2007.

213-216

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

43.

Authors:

B. Pullaiah, M. Sailaja

Paper Title:

Efficient Communication in any Digital System using Convolutional Encoder and Viterbi Decoder for Constraint Length 9

Abstract: Forward Error Correction (FEC) schemes are an essential component of wireless communication systems.Present wireless standards such as Third generation (3G) systems, GSM, 802.11A, 802.16 utilize some configuration of convolutional coding. Convolutional encoding with Viterbi decoding is a powerful method for forward error correction. The Viterbi algorithm is the most extensively employed decoding algorithm for convolutional codes which comprises of minimum path and value calculation and retracing the path. The efficiency of error detection and correction increases with constraint length. In this paper the convolutional encoder and viterbi decoder are implemented on FPGA for constraint length of 9 and bit rate ½.

Keywords:
   constraint length, convolutional encoder, forward error correction, FPGA and viterbi decoder.


References:

1.        Madhu Vamshi Malladi, “Reconfigurable Viterbi Decoder”, The University of New Brunswick, Canada, 2005.
2.        Yan Sun, Zhizhong Ding “FPGA Design and Implementation of a Convolutional Encoder and a Viterbi Decoder Based on 802.11a for OFDM”, Wireless Engineering and Technology, 2012, 3, 125-131, doi:10.4236/wet.2012.33019 Published Online July 2012 “Information Theory and Coding”, by Prof. K. Giridhar, pooja publications.

3.        V.Kavinilavu, S. Salivahanan, V. S. Kanchana Bhaaskaran, Samiappa Sakthikumaran, B. Brindha and C. Vinoth,” Implementation of Convolutional Encoder & Viterbi Decoder using Verilog HDL”,IEEE, 2011

4.        HEMA.S, SURESH BABU.V, RAMESH P “FPGA Implementation of Viterbi Decoder”, Proceedings of the 6th WSEAS Int. Conf. on Electronics, Hardware, Wireless and Optical Communications, Corfu Island, Greece, February 16-19, 2007.

5.        DR. Anubhuti Khare, Manish Saxena, Jagdish Patel “FPGA Implementation of Viterbi Decoder.

6.        Error Detection and Correction at www.mathworks.in

7.        Sherif Welsen Shaker, Salwa Hussein Elramly, Khaled Ali Shehata “FPGA Implementation of a Reconfigurable Viterbi Decoder for Wimax Receiver”, International Conference on Microelectronics, 2009.

8.        “High-Speed Low-Power Viterbi DecoderDesign for TCM Decoders” by Jinjin He, Huaping Liu, Zhongfeng Wang, ieee transactions on very large scale integration (vlsi) systems, vol. 20, no. 4, april 2012.

217-220

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

Volume-4 Issue-3

 Download Abstract Book

S. No

Volume-4 Issue-3, February 2015, ISSN:  2249-8958 (Online)
Published By: Blue Eyes Intelligence Engineering & Sciences Publication Pvt. Ltd. 

Page No.

1.

Authors:

Abhilash Patil

Paper Title:

Heat of Hydration in the Placement of Mass Concrete

Abstract:   The factor distinguishing between normal concrete and mass concrete is the thermal characteristics. Mass concrete is defined as “any volume of concrete with dimensions large enough to require that measures be taken to cope with generation of heat from hydration of the cement and attendant volume change to minimize cracking.” Use of mass concrete has been in existence over the last two centuries, and it has lately been reaching its full potential in the construction industry. The proper design and construction of mass concrete placements is essential to ensure the durability and serviceability of the structure. Mass concrete is required in massive structures containing beams, columns, piers, dams where its volume is of such a magnitude as to require special means for coping with the generation of heat and which is followed by volume change. This paper explains the factors influencing generation of heat of hydration (cracking) along with the different ways to lower the heat of hydration and then the methods to be implemented for its reduction.

Keywords:
 Air entrainment; cracking; heat of hydration; restraint.


References:

1.        A case study of mass concrete construction for ‘‘Midwest Boarder Bridges’’ by ‘Jacob Joseph Shaw’ of ‘Iowa State University’ (2012)
2.        ‘P.K. Mehta and P.J.M. Monteiro’,” Concrete: Microstructure, Properties, and Materials”.

3.        “Historic Concrete in Scotland-Part I” by ‘Denis Urquhart’. Published by Historic Scotland, March 2013. Historic Scotland, Longmore House, Salisbury Place, Edinburgh, EH9 1SH.

4.        “Mass Concrete” by ‘Robert Moser’ CEE8813A – Material Science of Concrete.

5.        “Mass Concrete – How do you handle the heat” by ‘John Gajda’, PE, CTL Group.

6.        “Mass and Thermally Controlled Concrete” by ‘ACI Committee 207’.          

7.        “Mass Concrete” reported by ‘ACI committee 207’.

8.        “Massive Concrete Placements” presented by  Abdulkader Kairouz(20 December 2011)

9.        “ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY 3- PROCESSES” BY ‘JOHN NEWMAN’, ‘B S CHOO’.

1-4

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

2.

Authors:

Yogita L. Kumbhare, Pankaj H. Rangaree

Paper Title:

Patient Health Monitoring Using Wireless Body Area Sensor Network

Abstract:   Wireless Body Area Sensor Network is one of the main application areas for ubiquitous computing. The potential for ubiquitous computing is evident in almost every aspect of our lives including the hospital, mergency and critical situations. The Wireless Body Area Sensor networks (WBASNs) is a wireless networks have enabled the design of low-cost, intelligent, tiny, and lightweight medical sensor nodes that can be placed on human body to monitor various physiological vital signs of patient for a long period of time and providing real-time feedback to the user and medical staff. In this paper, Developing a hardware which will sense heart rate, blood pressure, temperature of a person, and respiration of the person using gsm modem all information lively transmitted to gsm mobile. The attached sensors on patient’s body and they are able to sense the various heath parameters of patient such as heart rate, blood pressure, temperature, and respiration contains. These health parameters are then communicated to physician’s server. The physician holds various threshold values of the health parameters for each and every patient. This system can detect the abnormal conditions, issue an alarm to the patient and send a SMS to the physician.

Keywords:
 Wireless body area sensor network, GSM modem, Microcontroller, heartbeat sensor, pressure,  temperature, respiration sensors.


References:

1.        Christos C. Bellos, Athanasios Papadopoulos, Roberto Rosso” Identification of COPD Patients’ Health Status Using an Intelligent System in the CHRONIOUS Wearable Platform” IEEE JOURNAL OF BIOMEDICAL AND HEALTH INFORMATICS, VOL. 18, NO. 3, MAY 2014
2.        Lei Clifton, David A. Clifton, Marco A. F. Pimentel “Predictive Monitoring of Mobile Patients by Combining Clinical Observations With Data From Wearable Sensors” IEEE JOURNAL OF BIOMEDICAL AND HEALTH INFORMATICS, VOL. 18, NO. 3, MAY 2014

3.        Ambika R, Kiran Jose, Priyadharshini. K, Priyanga S Kumar “  Wireless Remote Healthcare System” INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SCIENTIFIC & TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH VOLUME 2, ISSUE 10, OCTOBER 2013

4.        Diogo Gomes, Carlos Gonçalves, José A. Afonso “Performance Evaluation of ZigBee Protocol for High Data Rate Body Sensor Networks” World Congress on Engineering 2013 Vol II, WCE 2013, July 3 – 5, 2013, London, U.K.

5.        Karandeep Malhi, Subhas Chandra Mukhopadhyay” A Zigbee-Based Wearable Physiological Parameters Monitoring System” IEEE SENSORS JOURNAL, VOL. 12, NO. 3, MARCH 2012

6.        Honggang Wang, Hua Fang, Liudong Xing, Min Chen,( 2011) ” An Integrated Biometric-based Security Framework Using Wavelet-Domain HMM in Wireless Body Area Networks (WBAN)” IEEE Communications Society subject matter experts for publication in the IEEE ICC proceedings.

7.        Raju Singh(March 2011) “Confidentiality & Authentication Mechanism for Biometric Information Transmitted over Low Bandwidth & Unreliable channel” School of Computer Engineering and IT, Shobhit University, Meerut, India Vol.3, No.2,

8.        Mikael Soini, Jussi Nummela, Petri Oksa, Leena Ukkonen and Lauri Sydänheimo (2009).” Wireless Body Area Network for Hip rehabilitation” Tampere University of Technology, Department of Electronics, Rauma Research Unit pp. 202-206 .

9.        Cory Cornelius(August 2010) “On Usable Authentication for Wireless Body Area Networks” Department of Computer Science Dartmouth College, Presented at HealthSec, .

10.     Jamil Y. Khan, Mehmet R. Yuce, and Farbood Karami “Performance Evaluation of a Wireless Body Area Sensor Network for Remote Patient Monitoring”

11.     A. Soomro, D. Cavalcanti, IEEE (Feb 2007)“Opportunities & Challenges using WPAN  and WLAN Technologies in Medical Environments”, Communications Magazine, vol:45, no:2, page 114-122.

12.     Adnan Saeed, Miad Faezipour IEEE 2009,”Plug and Play Sensor Node for Body Area Network”.

13.     Jamil Y. Khan,school of computer science,Australia,IEEE (09,07, 2009,) ”Wireless Body Area Network for Medical Applications”.

14.     Emil Jovanov, Dejan Raskovic, John Price,John Chapman, Anthony Moore, Abhishek Krishnamurthy,IEEE (2008) ,.” Patient Monitoring Using Personal Area
Networks of Wireless Intelligent Sensors”.

15.     CHRIS OTTO, ALEKSANDAR MILENKOVIĆ, COREY SANDERS, EMIL JOVANOV, ”SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE OF A WIRELESS BODY AREA SENSOR NETWORK FOR UBIQUITOUS HEALTH MONITORING”. Journal of Mobile Multimedia, Vol. 1, No.4 (2006) 307-326

16.     Chao Chen and Carlos Pomalaza-Ráez,”Implimenting and EvaluatingA wireless body Sensor System for Automated Physiological Data Acquisition At Home”, , International Journal of Computer Science and Information Technology, Volume 2, Number 3, 16June 2010.,

17.     Frank Agyei-Ntim, Member IEEE, Kimberly Newman, “Lifetime Estimation of Wireless Body Area Sensor Network for Patient Health Monitoring” 31st Annual International Conference of the IEEE EMBS Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA, Senior Member IEEE, September 2-6, 2009

18.     Adnan Saeed, Mehrdad Nourani, Gil Lee, Gopal Gupta and Lakshman Tamil ,” A Scalable Wireless Body Area Sensor Network for Health-Care Monitoring “, The University of Texas at Dallas, Richardson, Texas. IEEE 2007.

19.     Adnan Saeed*, Miad Faezipour*, Mehrdad Nourani*, Subhash Banerjee, June 2009 , ” A Scalable Wireless Body Area Network for Bio-Telemetry”, Journal of Information Processing Systems, Vol.5, No.2.

20.     Aleksandar Milenković, Chris Otto, Emil Jovanov, Accessed: July 2005, “Wireless Sensor Networks for Personal Health Monitoring:Issues and an Implementation” .

21.     Mehmet R. Yuce & Steven W. P. Ng & Naung L. Myo &Jamil Y. Khan &Wentai Liu , “Wireless Body Sensor Network Using Medical Implant Band”, Received: 10 July 2007 / Accepted: 25 July 2007

5-7

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

3.

Authors:

S. Ramana Babu,  V. Ramachandra Raju,  K. Ramji

Paper Title:

Design Optimization of a 3 DOF Translational Parallel Manipulator

Abstract:   This paper presents an optimal kinematic design of a 3PRC (prismatic-revolute-cylindrical) spatial translational parallel manipulator with inclined actuator arrangement by formulating a multi-objective optimization problem. Three performance criteria’s namely Global Conditioning Index (GCI), Global stiffness Index (GSI) and Workspace volume are considered as the objective functions.  A multi-objective evolutionary algorithm based on the control elitist non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm (CENSGA) is adopted to find the final approximation set.

Keywords:
 GCI, GSI, multi-objective genetic algorithm, Pareto front, GA, CENSGA


References:

1.        H.Kim, L. Tsai, Design optimization of a Cartesian parallel manipulator, Journal of Mechanical Design, 125(1), (2003), pp.43-52.
2.        L. Tsai, S. Joshi, Kinematics and optimization of a spatial 3-UPU parallel manipulator, Journal of Mechanical Design, (122), (2000), pp.439-446.

3.        X. Kong, C. Gosselin, Type synthesis of 3-DOF translational parallel manipulators based on  screw Theory and virtual joint, in: Proceedings of 15 th CISM- IFTOMM Symposium on Robot Design, Dynamics and control (ROMANSY 2004), (126), pp.83-93.

4.        R. Di Gregorio, V. Parenti Castelli, A translational 3-DOF parallel manipulator, Advances in Robot kinematics: Analysis and Control, (3), (1998), pp.49-58.

5.        M. Callegari, M. Tarantini, Kinematic Analysis of a Novel Translational Platform, ASME J.Mech. Design, (125), (2),(2003), pp.308-315.

6.        Y.Li, Q.Xu, Kinematic Analysis and Design of a New 3-DOF Translational Parallel Manipulator, Journal of Mechanical Design, (128), (2006), pp.729-737.

7.        T.Huang, X. Zhao, D.J. Whitehouse, Stiffness estimation of a tripod –based parallel kinematic Machine, IEEE Trans. Robot. Automat. (18), (1), (2002), pp.50-58.

8.        M.Ceccarelli, G. Carbone, A stiffness analysis for CaPaMan (Cassino Parallel Manipulator) Mech. Mach. Theory, (37), (5),(2002),pp.427-439.

9.        Q.Xu, Y.Li, An investigation on mobility and stiffness of a 3-DOF translational parallel manipulator  Via screw theory, Robotics and Computer-Integrated Manufacturing, (24), (2008), pp.402-414.

10.     X.Liu, Z.Jin, F.Gao, Optimum design of 3-dof spherical parallel manipulators with respect   to the   conditioning and stiffnesindices , Mechanism and Machine Theory, Vol.  35(9),(2000), pp 1257-1267.

11.     G.Alici.,B. Shirinzade, Optimum synthesis of planar parallel manipulators based on kinematic isotropy and force balancing , Robotica, Vol.22,(2004), pp. 97-108.

12.     N.M. Rao, K.M. Rao, Dimensional synthesis of a spatial 3-RPS parallel manipulator for    a prescribed range of motion of spherical joints. Mechanism and Machine Theory, Vol.44,(2009), pp 477-486.

13.     F.A. Lara-Molina,J.M Rosario,D. Dumur, Multi-Objective Design of Parallel Manipulator Using Global Indices. The Open Mechanical Engineering journal, Vol.4, (2010), pp.37-47.

14.     A.M Lopes, E.J Solteiro Pires, Optimization of the Work piece Location in a Machining Robotic Cell. International journal of Advanced Robotic Systems, Vol.8 (6), (2011), pp.37-46.

15.     R. Kelaiaia, O.Company, A. Zaatric, Multiobjective optimization of a linear Delta parallel robot, Mechanism and Machine Theory, Vol.50,(2012), pp.159-178.

16.     Y.Li, Q.Xu, Stiffness analysis for a 3-PUU parallel kinematic machine, Mechanism and Machine Theory, (43), (2008), pp.186-200.    

17.     C.Gosselin, Determination of the workspace of 6-DOF parallel   manipulators. ASME Journal of Mechanical Design, Vol.112 (3), (1990), pp.331-337.    

18.     J.P. Merlet, Determination of the orientation workspace of parallel manipulators, Journal of intelligent and robotic systems, Vol.13,(1995),pp.143-160.

8-17

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

4.

Authors:

S. Sharmi, Ishtiaque Mahmood, Jehad Bani-Younis

Paper Title:

Evaluating Prediction Factor Prominence in Academic Domain Selection using Dominance Analysis – Ministry of Higher Education (MoHE), Ibri CAS, Sultanate of Oman

Abstract:   This paper, advocates on a broader use of relative prominence keys as an appendage to multiple regression analysis. The goal of such analysis is to screen the variance among multiple predictors to realize the role played by each predictor in a regression equation. Dominance Analysis is a method to evaluate the relative prominence of the prognosticators. Regrettably, when predictors are correlated, they totally trust on metrics which are flawed indicators of variable importance. Furthermore, the key benefits of two relative prominence analyses, dominance analysis and relative weight analysis, over estimates produced by multiple regression analysis. Here, this investigation helps us to evaluate the importance of the prediction factors involved in determining the criteria’s for   domain selection of the students. A mockup study was conducted to evaluate the performance of the proposed actions and develop commendations.

Keywords:
 Predictor prominence, weight analysis, Dominance Analysis (DA), Multiple Linear Regression (MLR).


References:

1.       Azen, Razia, and David V. Budescu. “The dominance analysis approach for comparing predictors in multiple regression.” Psychological methods 8.2 (2003): 129.
2.       Bennink, Margot, et al. “Measuring Student Ability, Classifying Schools, and Detecting Item Bias at School Level, Based on Student-Level Dichotomous Items.” Journal of Educational and Behavioral Statistics 39.3 (2014): 180-202.

3.       Bring, Johan. “How to standardize regression coefficients.” The American Statistician 48.3 (1994): 209-213.

4.       Hoffman, Paul J. “The paramorphic representation of clinical judgment.” Psychological bulletin 57.2 (1960): 116.

5.       Johnson, Jeff W., and James M. LeBreton. “History and use of relative importance indices in organizational research.” Organizational Research Methods 7.3 (2004): 238-257.

6.       Lebreton, James M., Robert E. Ployhart, and Robert T. Ladd. “A Monte Carlo comparison of relative importance methodologies.” Organizational Research Methods 7.3 (2004): 258-282.

7.       LeBreton, James M., et al. “A multidimensional approach for evaluating variables in organizational research and practice.” Personnel Psychology 60.2 (2007): 475-498.

8.       LeBreton, James M., and Scott Tonidandel. “Multivariate relative importance: extending relative weight analysis to multivariate criterion spaces.” Journal of Applied Psychology 93.2 (2008): 329.

9.       Ward Jr, Joe H. “Multiple linear regression models.” Computer applications in the behavioral sciences (H. Borko, ed.). Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall (1962).

18-21

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

5.

Authors:

Avinash Kamble, Siddheshwar Khillare

Paper Title:

Comparative Study of Different Flexures of MEMS Accelerometers

Abstract:   There is a greater demand for developing a monolithic 3- axis accelerometer. The main challenges for developing a 3-axis accelerometer are- the size factor, realizing z-axis sensing, and decoupling the motions of the structure in three mutually perpendicular directions. With this motivation, we analyze structures using different flexures and evaluate their compliance and natural frequencies in three orthogonal directions. In this paper, the analytical and numerical study of different flexures such as straight-beam flexures, crab-leg flexures, serpentine flexures, and folded flexures is done. First, the concept of lumped parameter is described in brief, then numerical simulation of flexures is done using software ANSYS.  Finally, a comparison of the analytical and numerical results is presented.

Keywords:
 MEMS Accelerometer, Simulink Model


References:

1.       Navid Yazdi, Farrokh Ayazi, and Khalil Najafi, “Micromachined Inertial Sensors”, proceeding of IEEE, vol. 86, No. 8, August, 1998, pp. 1640-1659.
2.       Hidekuni Takao, Hirofumi Fukumoto, and Makoto Ishida, “A CMOS Integrated Three-Axis Accelerometer Fabricated with commercial Submicrometer CMOS Technology and bulk micromachining”, IEEE transactions on electron devices, Vol. 48, 2001, pp. 1961-1669.

3.       R. Toda, N. Takeda, T. Murakoshi, et al.,“ Electrostatically levitated spherical 3-axis accelerometer”, IEEE, 2002, pp. 710-713.

4.       Junseok Chae, Hal and Kulah and Khalil Najafi, “ A monolithic three-axis silicon capacitive accelerometer with micro-g resolution”, The 12th International Conference on Solid state sensors, Actuators and Microsystem, Boslon, 2003, pp. 81-84.

5.       S. Seok, S. Seong, B. Lee, J. Jim, K. Chum, ” A high performance mixed micromachined differential resonant accelerometer”, proceeding of IEEE, sensors, Vol. 2, 2002, pp. 1058-1063.

6.       G. K. Fedder, “Simulation of Microelectromechanical systems”, Ph. D. dissertation, EECS, University California, Berkeley, 1994.

7.       Suhas Mohite, Nishad Patil and Rudra Pratap, “Design, modeling, and simulation of vibratory micromachined gyroscope”, Journal of physics: Conference series 34, 2006, pp. 757-763.

8.       Hao Luo, Gang Zang, L. Richard Carley, Fellow, IEEE, and Garry K. Fedder, “A post-CMOS micromachined lateral  accelerometer”, Journal of microelectromechanical systems, Vol. 11, No.3, June 2002, pp. 188-195.

22-25

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

6.

Authors:

Mahshid Amiri, Mehdi Shamsaie Mehrjan

Paper Title:

Salinity Effect on Growth, Permanence, and Blood Factors of Abramis Brama Orientalis Fry of Caspian Sea in Different Weights 

Abstract:   The present study is developed for determination of an appropriate weight of releasing Abramis Brama Orientalis fry of Caspian Sea toward increase in fisheries returning coefficient. Consequently, blood factors including Sodium Ion, Potassium Ion, chlorine Ion, Cortisol Hormone, Blood Protein, growth and permanence indexes of Abramis Brama Orientalis fry are considered in four different weight groups of 320, 470, 730 and 990 mg. in fresh and brackish waters. The test extended up to 14 days in brackish water (9 g/l salinity). The result show that the blood factors in all weight groups have high significant differences in fresh waters (p<0.01). In the end of the test, the Sodium viscosity of Abramis Brama Orientalis fry blood has no any significant differences in none of the weight groups (p>0.05); whereas, other blood factors have significant differences to each other (p<0.01). No any differences were observed within growth index of the weight groups (p<0.05). Also, holding higher percentage of permanence at the end of the test and considering the quantity of mortalities, the weight group of 990 mg. is selected as the best weight option of Abramis Brama Orientalis due to its physiological readiness for releasing to the Caspian Sea.

Keywords:
 Abramis Brama Orientalis, Cortisol Hormone, brackish water, Caspian Sea


References:

1.        Berg, I.S. (1956). Fresh water fishes of the U.S.S.R and adjacent countres. (Millennium ed. Vol 11). Translation Jerusalerm.
2.        Sattari, M., (2003). Ichthyology.  hagh shenas publisher.

3.        Asgari, R. ( 2005).Ichthyology. Naghshe mehr publisher.

4.        Vosoghi, G., Mostajir, B. (2002). Fresh water fishes. Tehran publisher.

5.        North, B.P., Trunbull, J.F., Ellis, T., Porter. M.J., Migaud, H., Born, J., & Bromage N.R. (2006). The impact of stocking density on the welfare rainbow trout (Onchorhynchus mykiss(. Journal of Aquaculture, 225, 466-479.

6.        Wuertz, W.A., &  Durborow, R.M. (1992). Interaction of ph, Carbon Dioxide, Alkalinity and Hardness in fish ponds. SARC publication No. 464.

7.        Boeck, G., Vlaiminck, A., & Blust, R. (1996). Central monoaminergic responses to salinity and temperature rise in common carp. The journal of experimental, vol 199.

8.        Oran, L., Dorucu, M., & Yazlak, A. (2003). Hematological parameters of tree cyprinid fish species from karakaya Dam Lake, Turkey. Journal of Biological Sciences, 3,  320-328.

9.        Dickhof, W.W.,  Folmar, L.C., Mighell, J.L., & Mahnken, C.V.W. (1982).  Plasma thyroid hormones during smoltification of yearling and under yearling  Coho salmon and yearling Chinook salmon and steelhead trout. Journal of Aquaculture, 21, 1-37 .

10.     Lin, R.J., Cross. T.F., Mills, C.P.R., Nishioka, R.S., Grau, E.G., & Bern, H.R. (1988). Cheng in plasma thyroxin levels during smoltification in hatchery-reared one-year and two-yearAtlantic salmon, Salmo salar. Journal of Aquaculture, 74, 369-378.

11.     Audet, C. and Claireaux, G. 1992. Dial and seasonal chenges in resting levels of various blood parameters in brook trout, Salvelinus fontinalis. Canadian Journal of Fish Aquatic Science, 49: 870-877.

12.     Krayushkina, L.S. (1998). Characterestics of osmotic and ionic regulation in marine diadromous strugen acipenser brevirostvum and A.Oxyrhinchus. Journal of Ichthyology. 38, 684-692.

13.     Hoar, W.S. (1988). The physiology of smolting salmonids. Fish  physiology of developing fish. Academic Press Inc. Vol. Xi. Part B.

14.     Mommsen, T.P., Vijayan, M.M., & Moon T.W. (1999). Cortisol in teleost: Dynamics, mechanisms of action and metabolic regulation. Review in Fish Biology and Fisheries, 9, 211-268.

15.     Davis, D.A., Saoud, I.P., Boyed, C.E., & Rous, D.B., (2005). Effect of potassium, magnesium and age on growth and survival of litopenaeus vannami poset-larvae reared in inland low salinity well waters in west Alabama. J world aquaculture .36: 403-406

16.     Wanger, H.H., Conte F.P., & Fessler J.L. (1982). Development of osmotic & ionic regulation in two races of chinok salmon (Onchorhynchus tshawytscha). Comparative Biochemistry& Phisiology, 29, 325-341.

17.     Nordelie, F.G., Szelistowski, W.A., & Nordelie, W.C. (1982). Ontogenesis of osmotic regulation in the striped mullet (mugil cephalus). Journal of fish biology. 20,79-86.

26-29

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

7.

Authors:

Pardeep Kumar Gupta, Rajeev Kumar

Paper Title:

Determination of Optimum Maintenance and Rehabilitation Strategies for Urban Semi Dense Bituminous Surface and Premix Carpet Roads

Abstract:   The road traffic has increased manifolds during the post-independence in India. The traffic axle loading may be much heavier than the specified limit in many cases. As a result of which, the existing road network has been subjected to severe deterioration leading to premature failure of the pavements. There is a dire need of developing a meaningful approach towards implementing the maintenance and rehabilitation schemes of the road network. In such a scenario, development of the effective pavement management strategies would furnish useful information to ensure the compatible and cost- effective decisions so as to keep the existing road network intact. The optimum maintenance and rehabilitation strategies applied in this study would be useful in planning pavement maintenance strategies in a scientific manner and ensuring rational utilization of limited maintenance funds. Once this strategy for urban road network is implemented and made operational; this would serve as window to the other urban road network of different regions.

Keywords:
 Introduction, Methodology Used, Application of Methodology, Conclusion & Recommendation


References:

1.        Abaza, K. (2004), “Deterministic Performance Prediction Model for Rehabilitation & Management of Flexible Pavement”, International Journal of Pavement
Engineering 5(2), 111-121.

2.        Abja, K. A. (2002). “Optimum Flexible Pavement Life-Cycle Analysis Model”, ASCE Journal of Transportation Engineering, Vol. 128, No. 6, pp 542-549.

3.        Antonio, A., Picado-Santos, L., and Ferreira, A. (2002). “Optimization Models for Pavement Management: Past Achievements and Current Trends”, Proceedings, 3rd International Conference on Decision Making in Urban and Civil Engineering, London, U.K.

4.        Bennet, C.R., and Greenwood, I.D. (2002). “Modelling Road User and Environmental Effects in HDM-4”, The Highway Development and Management Series, Volume 7, ISOHDM Technical Secretariat, University of Birmingham, U.K.

5.        CRRI (1994). “Pavement Performance Study on Existing Pavement Sections”, Project Sponsored by Ministry of Surface Transport, Government of India, Final Report, Submitted by Central Road Research Institute, New Delhi.

6.        Gedafa, D.S. ( 2007), “Performance Prediction and Maintenance of Flexible Pavement “, Proceedings of the 2007 Midcontinent Transportation Research Symposium, Ames, Iowa, 2007.

7.        Haas, Ralph, W. Ronald Hudson and Lynne Cowe Falls (2011), “Evolution and Future Challenges for Pavement Management”, Proc., 8th Int. Conf. On Managing Pavement Assets, Santiago, Chile

8.        IRC (2012). “Manual on Economic Evaluation of Highway Projects in India”, IRC:SP30, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi.

9.        IRC (2012). “Manual on Economic Evaluation of Highway Projects in India”, IRC:SP30, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi.

10.     IRC (2012). “Guidelines for Strengthening of Flexible Road Pavement Using Benkelman Beam Deflection Technique”, IRC:81, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi.

11.     IRC (2012). “Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements”, IRC:37, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi.

12.     Jain, S.S., Parida, M., and Rawat, M.M.S. (1999). “A Rational Approach for Pavement Management System for Urban Roads”, Highway Research Bulletin, No. 61, Indian Roads Congress, pp 69-99.

13.     Martin T (2004), Data Review and Caliberation of HDM-4 Road Deterioration Models ARRBTR Research Report ARR 360 (ARRBTR: Vermont South, Victoria,
Australia.

14.     MORT&H (2013c). “Road Development Plan Vision: 2021”, Ministry of Road Transport & Highways, Government of India, New Delhi.

15.     MORT&H (2013e). “Updation of Road User Cost Data”, Final Report prepared by Central Road Research Institute, for Ministry of Road Transport & Highways, Government of India, New Delhi.

16.     MORTH&H (2013), “ Guideline for Maintenance of Primary, Secondary and Urban Roads” , Ministry of Road Transport and Highway, Govt. of India, New Delhi.

17.     Odoki, J.B., and Kerali, H.R. (2000). “Analytical Framework and Model Descriptions”, HDM-4 Documentation Series, Volume-4, The World Road Association (PIARC), Paris, France.

18.     Shahin M.Y. (1994). “Pavement Management for Roads, Airports and Parking Lots”, Chapman & Hall, London.

19.     Zimmerman, K.A (2010), Linda M. Pierce and James Krstulovich. “ Pavement Management Roadmap. Executive Summary.” Document publ. By Federal Highway Administration, Washington D.C.

30-44

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

8.

Authors:

Rachna Verma, Anjali Potnis

Paper Title:

Load Current Adaptive Step Size and Perturbation Frequency (LCASF) MPPT Algorithm or Adaptive Step Size with Adaptive Perturbation Frequency Scheme for Grid Connected PV System

Abstract:  This paper deals with the growing electricity demand along with reduction in conventional fuel sources and growing environmental concerns, the renewable energy sources like wind power , solar power, hydro power , geothermal , biomass are globally welcomed to replace the conventional power sources. Among the different methods of generating electric power by alternative resources, photovoltaic (PV) has grown steadily in recent decades as one of the best technology alternative because it is free, abundant, pollution free and most widely distributed. Photovoltaic (PV) grid connected system is the trend of solar energy application. Photovoltaic (PV) is a technique of converting solar radiation into direct current electricity to generate electricity using semiconductor. The total amount of energy which is irradiated from the sun to the earth’s surface equal’s approximately 10,000 times the annual global energy consumption. But a typical solar panel converts only 30 to 40 percent of the incident solar irradiation into electrical energy. Maximum power point tracking technique is used to improve the efficiency of the solar panel. The proposed work is validated by simulating it for different load configurations using Matlab and the simulation result verifies the efficiency of proposed algorithm

Keywords:
 power system grid, photovoltaic grid, solar panel, MPPT.


References:

1.        Adaptive Step Size With Adaptive-Perturbation-Frequency Digital MPPT Controller for a Single-Sensor Photovoltaic Solar System Yuncong Jiang, Student Member,
IEEE, Jaber A. Abu Qahouq, Senior Member, IEEE, and Tim A. Haskew, Senior Member, IEEE,IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON POWER ELECTRONICS, VOL. 28, NO. 7, JULY 2013

2.        Energy comparison of MPPT techniques for PV Systems  ROBERTO FARANDA, SONIA LEVA,Department of Energy Politecnico di Milano Piazza Leonardo da Vinci, 32 – 20133 Milano ITALY, WSEAS TRANSACTIONS on POWER SYSTEMS Issue 6, Volume 3, June 2008

3.        Predictive & Adaptive MPPT Perturb and Observe MethodN. FEMIA, Member, IEEE, D. GRANOZIO, G. PETRONE,G. SPAGNUOLO, Member, IEEE University of Salerno Italy M. VITELLI, Second University of Naples Italy, IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON AEROSPACE AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS VOL. 43, NO. 3 JULY 2007

4.        Theoretical and Experimental Analyses of Photovoltaic Systems With Voltage- and Current-Based Maximum Power-Point Tracking Mohammad A. S. Masoum, Hooman Dehbonei, and Ewald F. Fuchs, Fellow, IEEE, IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON ENERGY CONVERSION, VOL. 17, NO. 4, DECEMBER 2002.

5.        A Novel Maximum Power Point Tracking Technique for Solar Panels Using a SEPIC or Cuk Converter Henry Shu-Hung Chung, Member, IEEE, K. K. Tse, Member, IEEE, S. Y. Ron Hui, Fellow, IEEE, C. M. Mok, and M. T. Ho, Student Member, IEEE, IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON POWER ELECTRONICS, VOL. 18, NO. 3, MAY 2003

6.        An Improved Maximum Power Point Tracking for Photovoltaic Grid-Connected Inverter Based on Voltage-Oriented Control Riad Kadri, Jean-Paul Gaubert, Member, IEEE, and Gerard Champenois, Member, IEEE, IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS, VOL. 58, NO. 1, JANUARY 2011.

7.        Modeling of Maximum Power Point Tracking Controller for Solar Power System Aryuanto Soetedjo, Abraham Lomi, Yusuf Ismail Nakhoda, Awan Uji Krismanto Dept. of Electrical Engineering, National Institute of Technology Malang Jalan Raya Karanglo Km 2 Malang, TELKOMNIKA, Vol.10, No.3, July 2012, pp. 419~430

8.        Simulation and Hardware Implementation of Incremental Conductance MPPT With Direct Control Method Using Cuk Converter Azadeh Safari and Saad Mekhilef, Member, IEEE, IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS, VOL. 58, NO. 4, APRIL 2011.

9.        A Variable Step Size INC MPPT Method for PV Systems Fangrui Liu, Shanxu Duan, Fei Liu, Bangyin Liu, and Yong Kang, IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS, VOL. 55, NO. 7, JULY 2008.

10.     Photovoltaic Maximum Power Point Tracking Employing Load Parameters D. Shmilovitz Tel Aviv University, School of Electrical Engineering, Tel Aviv, Israel, IEEE ISIE 2005, June 20-23, 2005, Dubrovnik, Croatia

45-51

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

9.

Authors:

Faris M. Al-Athari, Abdulameer K. Hussain

Paper Title:

A New Multi- Authentication Scheme using Attribute Aggregation

Abstract:   This paper presents an authentication method for ensuring the best user’s identity proof. The authentication procedure depends on identifying different user’s attributes since no single person or system knows anyone’s complete set of identity attributes. Individuals are most likely to know the majority of the attributes that serve to identify them. In this scheme, different attributes are defined to serve two purposes. First, to authenticate each user depending on weights assigned to each attribute of the authenticated users and these are subjected to different statistical measurements. Second, depending on the result of this statistical measurement, the system grants users different privileges using access control mechanism and thus we construct a multi-level authentication. Finally, the system applies a combination of different attributes which differs from other traditional attribute authentication.

Keywords:
 Attribute-based systems, Authentication, Privilege, Identity Providers.


References:

1.        Y.Eric, and T.Jin, “Attributed Based Access Control (ABAC) for Web Services “, Proceedings OF THE IEEE International Conference on Web Services (ICWS), 2005.
2.        S.V. Nagaraj, ” Access Control in Distributed Object Systems: Problems with Access Control Lists”, p. 163, IEEE WETICE, 2001.

3.        N.Toni, “Attribute Certificates in X.509”, HUT TML 2000, Tik-110.501 Seminar on Network Security, Helsinki, Finland 2000.

4.        L.John and N. Magnus, “Attribute Certification: An Enabling Technology for Delegation and Role-Based Controls in Distributed Environments”, Proceedings of the fourth ACM workshop on RBAC, pp 121 – 130, 1999.

5.        K. Reiter, and G. Stubblebine, “Authentication Metric Analysis and Design”, ACM Transactions on Information and System Security, Vol. 2, No. 2, Pages 138–158, May 1999,

6.        B .Thomas, B. Malte, and K. Birgit, “Valuation of Trust in Open Network “, Proceedings of the European Symposium on Research in Computer Security  U.K, 1994,

7.        W. Chadwick, “Authorisation using Attributes from Multiple Authorities “, Proceedings of the 15th IEEE International Workshops on Enabling Technologies (WETICE’06), 2006.

8.        N. Klingenstein, “Attribute Aggregation and Federated Identity”, Proceedings of the 2007 International Symposium on Applications and the Internet Workshops (SAINTW’07), 2007.

9.        V. David, M. Blough, and C .David, “Minimal Information Disclosure with EfficientlyVerifiable Credentials”, appear in DIM’08 (Fourth ACM Workshop on Digital Identity Management), Fairfax, VA, USA, October 2008.

10.     A. Squicciarini, E. Bertino, E. Ferrari, F. Paci, and B. Thuraisingham, “PP-Trust-X: A System for Privacy Preserving Trust Negotiations”, ACM Transactions on Systems and Information Security, July 2007.

11.     C. Ashwin, and  S .Dharani , “Decentralised Access Control with Aggregate Key Encryption For Data Stored In Cloud”, International Journal of Innovative Research in Computer and  Communication Engineering , Vol.2, Special Issue 1, March 2014.

12.     V. Roberto, and M. Radko, “AGGREGATION WITH MULTI-ATTRIBUTES: A NEW PERSPECTIVE, 6th International Summer School on Aggregation Operators – AGOP 2011.

13.     T.Lakshmi Praveena, V.Ramachandran, and CH. Rupa, “Attribute based Multifactor Authentication for Cloud Applications”, International Journal of Computer Applications (0975 – 8887) Volume 80 – No 17, October 2013.

14.     B. John, J. Morrice, and W. Mullarkey, “A Multiple Attribute Utility Theory Approach to Ranking and Selection “, Management Science © 2001 INFORMS Vol. 47, No. 6, pp. 800–816, June 2001.

15.     P. Ricardo and R. Rita , ” Aggregation with generalized mixture operators using weighting functions “, Fuzzy Sets and Systems 137, 43-58, 2003.

52-55

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

10.

Authors:

Meshack Oduor Otieno, Charles K. Kabubo, Zachary Abiero Gariy

Paper Title:

A Study of Uncalcined Termite Clay Soil as Partial Replacement in Cement as a Sustainable Material for Roofing Tiles in Low Cost Housing Schemes in Kenya

Abstract:   The need for adequate roofing in developing countries is a vital problem for so many people. The solution of this problem is often linked to the import of iron sheets. The increasing economic burden that many less developed countries have to carry makes it harder to meet vital needs, such as roofing, by means of import. The efforts to find appropriate solutions based on locally available raw materials have thus become more and more important. The cost of conventional materials is too high; a considerable amount of this cost is due to the price of energy for manufacturing and to transportation costs, some materials such as cement poses adverse environmental effect. There is need therefore to provide alternative materials that are locally available, materials that can reverse the adverse environmental effect caused by excessive use of Portland cement and finally, materials that have small energy demand. The overall objective of this research was to assess the suitability of uncalcined termite clay powder partial replacement in cement for use in roofing tile for housing. For this termite clay powder replacement levels of 0 %, 10 %, 20%, 30% and 40% by weight of Ordinary Portland Cement was carried out to determine setting times, compressive strength, flexural strength and absorption rate. The chemical analysis of uncalcined termite clay soil  obtained from Bondo district, Usigu sub location, Nduru village in Siaya County was found to be chemically suitable as pozzolanic material (SiO2+Al2O3+Fe2O3=93.053>70) required as stipulated by the ASTM C 618 standard. The optimal replacement level for termite clay soil  was determined to be 10%  replacement in cement achieving compressive strength of 44.9N/mm2, flexural strength of 6.5N/mm2 and absorption rate of 6.5. %.

Keywords:
 Roofing tiles, partial replacement, compressive strength, flexural strength, absorption rate.


References:

1.        Alp, I, (2009), Pozzolanic characteristics of a natural  raw material for use in blended cements; Iranian journal of science & technology, transaction B, engineering, Vol 33, No B4, pp 291-300, printed in the Islamic Republic of Iran
2.        Alex K, (2003); An Introduction to green building AIA; RMI Solutions.

3.        Anigbogu NA (2011); Framework for efficient development and application of pozzolan cement in Nigeria: Proceeding of NBRRI stakeholders’ forum,

4.        Gerald A,.(2013);  Business daily, and page 16-17, September, 13th

5.        EAS 148-5:2000; Cement- Test methods- East African Standard.

6.        Eric OA, (2014), Influence of calcined clay pozzolana on strength characteristics of Portland cement concrete; International journal of materials science and applications, 3(6): 410-419.

7.        ESCAP, RILEM and CIB, (1987), .Building materials for low-income housing, Asia and Pacific Region, Proceedings of Symposium held at the United Nations Building in Bangkok, Thailand.

8.        Eugene A , (2014), Influence of mineral admixtures on essential properties of ternary cement blends; Journal of civil engineering and architecture, Vol 8, No.10 pp.1221-1225.

9.        Gahlot PS and Deep G (2009); Quality management of cement concrete construction. Published by CBS Publishers & Distribu-tors Pvt. Ltd.

10.     Improve Net, (1999-2013).

11.     Jain D and Kothari A, (2012), Hair fibre reinforced concrete; Research journal of recent sciences, Vol.1 (ISC-2011), 128-133.

12.     James SA et al (2014), Comparative study of chemically and mechanically activated clay pozzolana, Materials sciences and applications, 2014, 5, 86-94.

13.     Jouquet P, et al (2004), the soil stability of termite nests: role of clays in Macrotermes bellicosus (Isoptera, Macrotermitinae) mound soils; European journal of soil biology 40 (2004) 23-29.

14.     Oyawa WO (2009), Sustainable Construction: Concepts, Materials and Techniques, FORSMAT, first edition, Pg 276-280.

15.     Raheem AA, (2012), Organization, technology and management in construction, an international journal. 4(2) 2012.

16.     Manasseh J,(2010), A review of partial replacement of cement with some Agro wastes; Nigerian journal of technology, Vol 29, No 2

17.     Mijinyawa Y et al (2007) Termite mound clay as a material for Grain silo construction. Agricultural Engineering International: The CIGR E journal manuscript BC 07 002. Vol IX.

18.     Murdock LJ, (1991); Concrete, Materials and Practice 6th edition, published by Edward Arnold.

19.     Neville AM (1996), Properties of concrete; 4th and final edition.

20.     Neville AM and Brooks JJ (1990), Concrete Technology, Published by ELBS.

21.     Neville AM and Brooks JJ, (1987); Concrete Technology, published by Longman scientific & technical. Co-published in the United States with John Wiley & Sons, Inc, New York.

22.     KS 02-444: 1984,. Specification for concrete roofing tiles.

23.     The ABC’s of affordable housing in Kenya by Aden Van Noppen, acumen FUND.

24.     Ulger Bulut, (2009), Use of perlite as a Pozzolanic addition in lime mortars; Gazi university journal of science GUJ Sci 23(3):305-313

25.     Yilmaz K, (2010), A study on the effect of fly ash and silica fume substituted cement paste and mortars; Scientific research and essays Vol.5(9), pp 990-998.

56-59

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

11.

Authors:

M. A. Sattar, M. Mozibur Rahman, M. K. R. Khan, M. G. M. Choudhury

Paper Title:

Electrical Characterization of Spray Deposited CoS Thin Films

Abstract:  Cobalt sulfide thin films have been prepared by spray pyrolysis method on a glass substrate at constant substrate temperature 300°C.Structural, electrical and optical properties have been investigated. From XRD spectrogram, it is clear that the films are crystalline in nature with hexagonal structure having lattice constants, a=b=3.314 Å and c=4.604 Å. Scanning electron microscope (SEM) shows that Cobalt sulfide film exhibited more or less uniform and smooth surface morphology. Hall measurements indicate n-type semiconducting nature with carrier concentration ~1015 cm-3. The resistivity gradually decreases with increasing temperature which indicates the semiconducting nature of the material. The conductivity increases slowly with increasing the temperature and reaches maximum at the higher temperature. Activation energy is comparatively high (  KT) and the values vary from 0.19 eV to 0.38 eV in the low temperature region and 0.42 eV to 0.54 eV in the high temperature region, respectively.

Keywords:
 Spray pyrolysis; CoS; XRD; SEM, Electrical properties and Activation energy


References:

1.        Zhenrui Yu, Jinhui Du, Shuhua Guo, Jiayon Zhang, Yasuhico Matsumoto Thin Solid Films, vol.415 (2002).P.173
2.        K.L.Chopra and Major D.K. Sand Payday, Thin Solid Films, 102,187(1983).

3.        R. Ortega Borges, D. Lincot, J. Electrochem.Sol.140 (1994)3464

4.        P.K Basu, P.Pramanik,Mater,Sci. Lett.5(1986)1216

5.        P.K.Nair,M.T.S  Nair.O.Gomezdaza, R.A Zingaro. J Electrochem.Sol

6.        Mott N.F and Davis E A. Electronic process in noncrystalline materials.Clarendon press, Oxford (1979).

7.        Damodara Das V and Balmlayan C .Jpn J Appi phys ,34.534 (1995).

8.        M.K.R. Khan, M.Mozibur Rahman, Y. Zaman, M.G.M. Choudhury and M.O. Hakim. Vol.31 (2003),ISSN 1681-07

9.        Ramasamy, K. , Malik, M.A. and O’ Brien, P. “Single-molecule precursor  approaches to cobalt sulfide nanostructures”,Phil.Trans.R.Soc. A (2010) 368, 4249-4260 (dol:10.1098/rsta.2010.0125)

10.     Rao, C.N.R and Pishardy, K.P.R.1976 Transition metel sulfides.Prog. solid state chem.10, 207-270.(dol:10.1016/0076-6786(76) 90009-1)

11.     Peng-Fei Yin,Li-Li Sun,You-Lu Gao and Sheng-Yue wang “preparation and Characterization of Co9S8 nanocrystalline and nanorods”Bull.mater.Sci.Vol.31,No.4,August 2008, pp 593-596.(indian Academi of sciences)

60-64

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

12.

Authors:

Md. Jafri Ahsan, R. K. Issac, Mohd. Imtiyaz

Paper Title:

Assessment for Runoff of Upper Betwa Basin by using SWAT Model

Abstract:   A distributed parameter model, AVSWAT (Arc View soil and water Assessment Tool) was calibrated and validated on monthly basis for the upper Betwa Basin. India extraction of river basin characteristics like land use/ land cover, soil map, digital  elevation model (DEM), drainage information of the study area using remote sensing, GIS  and  collateral data. The main objective was to validate the performance of SWAT and the feasibility of using the model as a simulator of runoff  processes at a catchment area Berasia, Bhopal, Raisen and Vidisha of upper Betwa basin. All  hydrological and meterological data, were collected from Indian water  portal.  Land use map of the area were collected from National  Bureau of Soil Survey and Land Use Planning, Nagpur, Monthly surface runoff for the monsoon months (1993-2002) were collected for Berasia, Bhopal, Raisen and Vidisha. The model was calibrated and validated  for the monsoon  seasons of 1993-99 and 2000-02  respectively. The performance of the model was evaluated using statistical and graphical methods to decide the capability of the model simulating the runoff of upper Betwa basin. The calibration period reported coefficient of determination R2 of Berasia, Bhopal, Raisen and Vidisha are 0.97, 0.96, 0.94 and 0.98 respectively. The relative error was obtained as 6.68, 8.00, 10.17 and 15.97 respectively. The value of Nash Sutcliffe model efficiency obtained was 0.98, 0.97, 0.99 and 0.93 of Berasia, Bhopal, Raisen and Vidisha respectively. The validation period reported R2 of 0.98, 0.97, 0.95 and 0.76 of Berasia, Bhopal, Raisen and Vidisha respectively. The relative error are 6.77, 10.61, 7.91 and 10.56 respectively. The value of Nash Sutcliffe model efficiency obtained was 0.99, 0.99, 0.95 and 0.99 of Berasia, Bhopal, Raisen and Vidisha for monthly observed and simulated runoff. Calibration and validation results revealed that model was/ predicting total surface runoff, at Berasia, Bhopal, Raisen and Vidisha of Upper Betwa Basin accurately. The calibrated and validated model will be used for both long – term and storm event water quantity and quality evaluations throughout the basin.

Keywords:
 AVSWATX, land use / land cover, runoff, calibration, validation, Image processing, Remote Sensing and GIS


References:

1.        Arnold, J. G., Williams, J. R., Nick, A.D., Sammons, N.B., (1998). SWRRB: A basin scale simulation model for soil and water resources management. Texas A and M University press, College Station, TX, pp 125.
2.        Herbst, M., Hardelauf, H., Harms, R., Vanderborght, J., and Vereecken, H. (2005b) “Pesticide fate at regional scale: Development

3.        of an integrated model approach and application”, Physics and Chemistry of the Earth, 30(8–10): 542–549.

4.        Jasrotia, A.S, Dhiman S. D and Aggarwal S. P.. (2002). Rainfall- Runoff and Soil Erosion Modeling using Remote Sensing and GIS technique- A case study of Tons
watershed. Journal of Indian Society of Remote Sensing. 30(3): pp 167-179.

5.        Jha, M., Pan Z., Takle E. S., and Gu R.. (2004) Impacts of climate change on stream flow in   the Upper Mississippi river Basin: a regional climate model perspective. J. Geophysical research 109: D09105.

6.        Kaur R., Srinivasan R., Mishra K.  Dutta D. Prasad D. And Bansal G. (2003) Assessment of a SWAT model for soil and water management in India. Land use and water Resource Research 3: 1-7.

7.        Kim Nam Won , Lee Jeong Eun, and Kim Ji Tae (2011)  Assessment of Flow Regulation Effects by Dams in the Han River, Korea on the Downstream Flow Regimes Using SWAT Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management 10.1061/ (ASCE) WR.1943-5452.

8.        Mekonnen Muluneh A, Wörman Anders, Dargahi Bijan, Gebeyehu  Admasu (2009) Hydrological modelling of Ethiopian catchments using limited data. Hydrological Processes  Vol.3408, 3401- 3408.

9.        Moriasi, Daniel and Starks (2010) Patrick effects of the resolution of soil dataset and precipitation dataset on SWAT2005 streamflow calibration parameters and simulation accuracy. Journal of Soil and Water Conservation Society. 65(2):63-78.

10.     Mukundan R., Radcliffe D.E. and Risse L. M. (2010) Spatial resolution of soil data and channel erosion effects on SWAT model

11.     predictions of flow and sediment. Journal of Soil and Water Conservation vol. 65 no. 2 92-104.

12.     Naef F. Scherrer S. and Weiler M. (2002) a process based assessment of the potential to reduce flood runoff by land sue change. J. Hydrol 267: 74-79.

13.     Narayana V. V. D. (1993) Soil and water conservation research in India. Indian council of agricultural research, Krishi Anusandhan Bhawan, Pusa, Neew Delhi, pp. 146-151.

14.     Shimelis G. Setegn, Ragahavan Srinivasan and Bijan Dargahi (2008) Hydrological Modelling in the Lake Tana Basin, Ethiopia Using SWAT Model. The Open Hydrology Journal, 2, 49-62

15.     Singh G., Babu R., Narayan P. Bhusan L. P. and Abrol I. P. (1992) Soil erosion rate  Indian Soil and Water Cons 47 (1): 97-99.

16.     Spruill, C. A., Workman S.R. and Taraba J.L. (2009) Simulation of daily and monthly stream discharge from small watersheds using the SWAT model. Trans. ASAE 43(6): 1431-1439.

17.     Tripathi, M. P., Panda R. K., and Raghuwanshi N. S., (2003) Identification and prioritization of critical sub watershed for soil conservation management using the SWAT Model. Biosystem Engineering 85 (3): 365-379.

18.     Tuppad P., Douglas-Mankin K. R., Koelliker J. K., Shawn J. M.

19.     and Hutchinson (2010)  SWAT Discharge Response to Spatial Rainfall Variability in a Kansas Watershed. Transactions of the ASABE. 53(1): 65-74.

20.     Xu Z. X., Pang J. P., Liu C. M. and Li J. Y. (2009) Assessment of runoff and sediment yield in the Miyun Reservoir catchment by using SWAT model. Hydrological Processes Volume 23, 25, 3619–3630.

65-72

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

13.

Authors:

Palanisamy R, Shaurya Misra, Deepak Kulhar

Paper Title:

SVPWM based Transformer less Wind Energy Conversion System for 3 phase 3 level Neutral Point Clamped Inverter

Abstract:   The Multilevel inverters are highly being used in high-power medium voltage applications due to their better performance compared to two-level inverters. Among various types of multilevel inverters, neutral point clamped three-level inverter (NPCTLI) is suitable for a Transformerless grid-connected wind energy conversion system. As it avoids leakage currents, common mode voltage and capacitor balancing problems. Split inductor is used to interconnect inverter with grid connected system which avoids the usage of transformer. While using split inductor neutral point clamped multilevel inverter, shoot-through problems are producing in the bridge legs of an NPC-TLI. Space Vector pulse width modulation Control (SVPWMC) offers an excellent current control and improved voltage performance to NPCTLI, which reduced amount of total harmonic distortion present in system. The proposed topology guarantees for no shoot-through possibility and capacitor balancing problem. The new topology is referred to as split-inductor NPCTLI (SI-NPCTLI). Finally, the simulation results of a proposed SI-NPCTLI system verified using MATLAB SIMULINK.

Keywords:
 Wind energy conversion system, PMSG, Space Vector pulse width modulation (SVPWM), Neutral point clamped three-level inverter (NPCTLI). 


References:

1.        H. Berthold, M. Durstewitz and K. Rohrig, “Reliability of wind turbines,” Wind Energy, Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2007, pp.  329-332.
2.        Z. Chen, J. M. Guerrero, and F. Blaabjerg, “A review of the state of the art of power electronics for wind turbines,” IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 24, no. 8, pp. 1859–1875, Aug. 2009.

3.        Benelghali, Seifeddine, M. E. H. Benbouzid, and Jean Frédéric Charpentier. “Comparison of PMSG and DFIG for marine current turbine applications.”Electrical Machines (ICEM), 2010 XIX International Conference on. IEEE, 2010..

4.        Ning-Yi Dai,Man Chung Wong,Ying-Duo Han,”Application of a Three level NPC Inverter as a Three Phase Four Wire Power Quality Compensator by generalized 3DSVM”, IEEE Trans. Power Electron.,VOL 21,NO 2,March 2006

5.        Lee, Meng Yeong. Three-level neutral-point-clamped matrix converter topology. Diss. University of Nottingham, 2009.

6.        M. Belfi, J. Sung, S. Bell and G. Skibinski, “Effect of surge voltage rise-time on the insulation of low voltage machines fed by PWM converters,” Proceedings of IEEE Industry Application Society Conference, pp. 239 – 246, Oct. 1997.

7.        D. Busse, J. Erdman, R. J. Kerkman, D. Schlegel and G. Skibinski, “System electrical parameters and their effects on bearing currents,” IEEE Transactions on  Industry Applications, vol. 33, No. 2, March/April 1997.

8.        T. Meynard and H. Foch, “Multi-level conversion: high voltage choppers andvoltage source inverters,” Proceedings of IEEE Power Electronic Specialist Conference, vol. 1, pp. 397 – 403, July 1992.

9.        Sriharirao Namballa &  T Vamsee Kiran”A Space Vector PWM Scheme for Neutral Point Clamped Multilevel Inverters” International Journal of Power System Operation and Energy Management ISSN (PRINT): 2231 – 4407, Volume-1, Issue-4, 2012

10.     R. latha, C. Bharatiraja, R. Palanisamy, sudeepbanerji, Subhransu Sekhar  Dash, Hysteresis Current Controller based Transformerless Split Inductor-NPC – MLI for Grid Connected PV- System, Procedia Engineering, Volume 64, 2013, Pages 224-233, ISSN 1877-7058, http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.proeng.2013.09.094.

11.     Blaabjerg, Frede, et al. “Overview of control and grid synchronization for distributed power generation systems.” Industrial Electronics, IEEE Transactions on 53.5 (2006): 1398-1409.

12.     Camara, M. S., et al. “Permanent Magnet Synchronous Generators for offshore wind energy system linked to grid-modeling and control strategies.” Power Electronics and Motion Control Conference and Exposition (PEMC), 2014 16th International. IEEE, 2014.

13.     Blaabjerg, Frede, et al. “Power electronics in wind turbine  systems.” Power Electronics and Motion Control Conference, 2006.           IPEMC 2006. CES/IEEE 5th International. Vol. 1. IEEE, 2006.
14.     Ma, Ke, Marco Liserre, and Frede Blaabjerg. “Comparison of multi-MW converters considering the determining factors in wind power application.”Energy Conversion Congress and Exposition (ECCE), 2013 IEEE. IEEE, 2013.
15.     O. Lopez, R. Teodorescu, F. Freijedo, and J. Doval-Gandoy, ―Eliminating ground current in a transformerless photovoltaic application, in Proc. IEEE Power Eng. Soc. Gen. Meet., pp. 1–5, Jun. 2007,

16.     A. Nabea, I. Takahashi, and H. Akagi, ―A new neutral-point-clamped     PWM inverter, IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., vol. 17, no. 5, pp. 518–523, Sep./Oct. 1981.

17.     C. Bharatiraja, S. Jeevananthan, R. Latha, FPGA based practical implementation of NPC-MLI with SVPWM for an autonomous operation PV system with capacitor balancing, International Journal of Electrical Power & Energy Systems, Volume 61, October 2014, Pages 489-509, ISSN 0142-0615, http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ijepes.2014.03.066.

18.     N. Celanovic and D. Boroyevich, “A comprehensive study of neutral point voltage balancing problem in three level neutral point clamped voltage source pwm inverters,” Power Electronics, IEEE Transactions on, vol. 15, pp. 242 – 249, March 2000.

19.     R. Kanchan, M. Baiju, K. Mohapatra, P. Ouseph, and K. Gopakumar, “Space vector pwm signal generation for multilevel inverters using only the sampled amplitudes of reference phase voltages,” IEE Proc.-Electr. Power Appl., vol. 152, pp. 297 – 309, Mar. 2005.

20.     Gupta, Amit Kumar, and Ashwin M. Khambadkone. “A space vector PWM scheme for multilevel inverters based on two-level space vector PWM.”Industrial Electronics, IEEE Transactions on 53.5 (2006): 1631-1639.

73-79

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

14.

Authors:

Md Mamoon Rashid, Mohammed K. Al Mesfer, Hamid Naseem, Mohd Danish

Paper Title:

Hydrogen Production by Water Electrolysis: A Review of Alkaline Water Electrolysis, PEM Water Electrolysis and High Temperature Water Electrolysis

Abstract:   Water electrolysis is a quite old technology started around two centuries back, but promising technology for hydrogen production. This work reviewed the development, crisis and significance, past, present and future of the different water electrolysis techniques. In this work thermodynamics, energy requirement and efficiencies of electrolysis processes are reviewed. Alkaline water electrolysis, polymer electrolysis membrane (PEM) and High temperature electrolysis are reviewed and compared. Low share of water electrolysis for hydrogen production is due to cost ineffective, high maintenance, low durability and stability and low efficiency compare to other available technologies. Current technology and knowledge of water electrolysis are studied and reviewed for where the modifications and development required for hydrogen production. This review paper  analyzes the energy requirement, practical cell voltage, efficiency of process, temperature and pressure effects on potential kinetics of hydrogen production and effect of electrode materials on the conventional water electrolysis for  Alkaline electrolysis, PEM electrolysis and High Temperature Electrolysis.

Keywords:
 Hydrogen Production, Water electrolysis, Electrolyte, Electrode, Electrocatalyst, PEM.


References:

1.        Ball M, Wietschel M. The future of hydrogen-opportunities and challenges. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy 2009; 34: 615–27.
2.        Holladay JD, King DL, Wang Y. An overview of hydrogen production technologies. Catalysis today 2009; 139: 244–60.

3.        Damyanova S, Pawelec B, Arishtirova K, Fierro JLG. Ni-based catalysts for reforming of methane with CO2.  International Journal of Hydrogen Energy 2012; 37: 15966–75.

4.        Moriarty P, Honnery D. Hydrogen’s role in an uncertain energy future. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2009; 34: 31 – 9.

5.        Kelly NA, Gibson TL, Cai M, Spearot JA, Ouwerkerk DB. Development of a renewable hydrogen economy: optimization of existing technologies. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2010; 35: 892 – 99.

6.        Springer TE, Rockward T, Zawodzinski TA, Gottesfeld S.  Model for polymer electrolyte fuel cell operation on reformate feed effects of CO, H2 dilution, and high fuel utilization. Journal of the Electrochemical Society 2001; 48: A11–23.

7.        Ralph RR, Hogarth MP. Catalysis for low temperature fuel cells. Platinum Metals Review 2002; 46: 117–35.

8.        Cheng  X, Shi Z, Glass N, Zhang L, Zhang J, Song D, et al. A review of PEM hydrogen fuel cell contamination: impacts, mechanisms, and mitigation. Journal of Power Sources 2007; 165: 739–56.

9.        Reshetenko TV, Bethune K, Rocheleau R. Spatial proton exchange membrane fuel cell performance under carbon monoxide poisoning at a low concentration using a segmented cell system. Journal of Power Sources 2012; 218: 412–23.

10.     Gosavi PV, Biniwale RB. Catalytic preferential oxidation of carbon monoxide over platinum supported on lanthanum ferrite-ceria catalysts for cleaning of hydrogen. Journal of Power Sources 2013; 222: 1–9.

11.     Liu M, Yu B, Xu J, Chen J. Thermodynamic analysis of the efficiency of high-temperature steam electrolysis system for hydrogen production. J Power Sources 2008; 177: 493 – 99.

12.     Wang M, Wang Z, Guo Z. Water electrolysis enhanced by super gravity field for hydrogen production. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2010; 35: 3198 – 205.

13.     Gonzales RB, Law VJ, Prindle JC. Analysis of the hybrid copper oxide-copper sulfate cycle for the thermochemical splitting of water for hydrogen production. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2009; 34: 4179 – 88.

14.     Clark CD, De Bruyn WJ, Jones JG. Photochemical production of hydrogen peroxide in size-fractionated Southern California coastal waters. Chemosphere 2009; 76: 141 – 46.

15.     Burgess G, Ferna´ndez-Velasco JG. Materials, operational energy inputs, and net energy ratio for photo biological hydrogen production. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2007; 32: 1225 – 234.

16.     Mingyong Wang, Zhi Wang, Xuzhong Gong, Zhancheng Guo. The intensification technologies to water electrolysis for hydrogen production – A review. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Review 2014; 29: 573–588.

17.     Leroy RL. Industrial water electrolysis-present and future. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy 1983; 8: 401-17.

18.     T Smolinka, Water Electrolysis. Fraunhofer Institute for Solar Energy Systems ISE, Freiburg, Germany 2009: 394-413.

19.     Balat M. Potential important of hydrogen as a future solution to environ- mental and transportation problems. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy 2008; 33: 4013–29.

20.     Ni M, Leung MKH, Leung DYC. An electrochemical model of a solid oxide steam electrolyzer for hydrogen production.Chem Eng Technol 2006; 29: 636 – 42.

21.     Rosen MA. Energy and exergy analysis of electrolytic hydrogen production. Int J Hydrogen Energy 1995; 20: 547 – 53.

22.     Lutz AE, Bradshaw RW, Keller JO, Witmer DE. Thermodynamic analysis of hydrogen by steam reforming. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2003; 28: 159 – 67.

23.     Ni M, Leung MKH, Leung DYC. Energy and exergy analysis of hydrogen production by solid oxide steam electrolyzer plant. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2007; 32: 4648 – 60.

24.     Houcheng Zhang, Guoxing Lin, Jincan Chen. Evaluation and calculation on the efficiency of a water electrolysis system for hydrogen production. International journal of hydrogen energy 2010; 35:10851 – 858.

25.     B. Laoun. Thermodynamics aspect of high pressure hydrogen production by water electrolysis. Revue des Energies Renouvelables 2007; 10 N°3:  435 – 444.

26.     Marangio F. Theoretical model and experimental analysis of a high pressure PEM water electrolyser for hydrogen production. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2009; 34:
1143 – 85.

27.     Ni M, Leung MKH, Leung DYC. Energy and exergy analysis of hydrogen production by a proton exchanger membrance (PEM) electrolyzer plant. Energy Convers Manag 2008; 49: 2748 – 56.

28.     Martinez-Frias J, Pham AQ, Aceves SM. A natural gas assisted steam electrolyzer for high-efficiency production of hydrogen. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2003; 28: 483 – 90.

29.     Balta MT, Dincer I, Hepbasli A. Thermodynamic assessment of geothermal energy use in hydrogen production. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2009; 34: 2925 – 39.

30.     Shin Y, Park W, Chang J, and Park J. Evaluation of the high temperature electrolysis of steam to produce hydrogen. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2007; 32: 1486 – 91.

31.     Yildiz B, Kazimi MS. Efficiency of hydrogen production system using alternative nuclear energy technologies. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2006; 31: 77 – 92.

32.     Fujiwara S, Kasai S, Yamauchi H, Yamada K, Makino S, Matsunaga K, et al. Hydrogen production by high temperature electrolysis with nuclear reactor. Progress Nucl Energy 2008; 50: 422 – 26.

33.     Rosen MA. Exergy analysis of hydrogen production by thermochemical water decomposition using the Ispra Mark- 10 cycle. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2008; 33: 6921 – 33.

34.     Williams JH, DeBenedictis A, Ghanadan R, Mahone A, Moore J, Morrow III WR, et al. The technology path to deep greenhouse gas emissions cuts by 2050: the pivotal role of electricity. Science 2012; 335: 53 – 59.

35.     Santos DMF, Sequeira CAC, Maccio` D, Saccone A, Figueiredo JL. Platinum-rare earth electrodes for hydrogen evolution in alkaline water electrolysis. Int J
ydrogen Energy 2013; 2: 3137 – 45.

36.     Ishida T, Haruta M. Gold catalysts: towards sustainable chemistry. Angew Chem Int Ed Engl 2007; 46: 7154 – 56.

A.       Manabe, M. Kashiwase, T. Hashimoto, T. Hayashida, A. Kato, K. Hirao, I. Shimomura, I. Nagashima. Basic study of alkaline water electrolysis. Electrochimica Acta 2013; 100: 249– 256.

37.     Marcelo Carmo, David L. Fritz, Ju¨rgen Mergel, Detlef Stolten.  A comprehensive review on PEM water electrolysis. International journal of hydrogen energy
2031; 38:  4901 – 934.

38.     Pool DH, Stewart MP, O’Hagan M, Shaw WJ, Roberts JAS, and Bullock RM, etal. Acidic ionic liquid/water solution a both medium and proton source for
electrocatalytic H2 evolution by [Ni(P2N2)2]2þ complexes . Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 2012; 109:15634–39.

39.     Souza RF, Padilha JC, Goncalves RS, Souza MO, Rault–Berthelot J. Electrochemical hydrogen production from water electrolysis using ionic liquid as electrolytes: towards the best device. Journal of Power Sources 2007; 164: 792–98.

40.     Souza RF, Loget G, Padilha JC, Martini EMA, Souza MO. Molybdenum electrodes for hydrogen production by water electrolysis using ionic liquid electrolytes. Electrochemistry Communications 2008; 10: 1673–75.

41.     Kaninski MPM, Saponjic DP, Nikolic VM, Zugic DL, Tasic GS. Energy consumption and stability of the Ni-Moelectrodes for the alkaline hydrogen production at industrial conditions. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy 2011; 36: 8864–68.

42.     Maksic AD, Miulovic SM, Nikolic VM, PerovicI M, Kaninski MPM. Energy consumption of the electrolytic hydrogen production using Ni–W based activators – PartI. Applied catalysis A: General 2011; 405: 25–28.

43.     Nikolic VM, Tasic GS, Maksic AD, Saponjic DP, Miulovic SM, Kaninski MPM. Raising efficiency of hydrogen generation from alkaline water electrolysis – energy saving. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy 2010; 35: 12369–73.

44.     Stojic D, Marceta MP, Sovilj SP, Miljanic ŠS. Hydrogen generation from water electrolysis-possibilities of energy saving. Journal of Power Sources 2003; 118(1-2): 315–19.

45.     Tasic GS, Maslovara SP, Zugic DL, Maksic AD. Characterization of the Ni–Mo catalyst formed in situ during hydrogen generation from alkaline water electrolysis. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy 2011; 36: 11588–95.

46.     Wei ZD, Ji MB, Chen SG, Liu Y, Sun CX, Yin GZ, etal. Water electrolysis on carbon electrodes enhanced by surfactant. Electrochimica Acta 2007; 52: 3323–29.

47.     Rossi A, Boodts JFC. Ir-based oxide electrodes: oxygen evolution reaction from mixed solvent. Journal of Applied Electrochemistry 2002; 32: 735–41.

48.     Michaud PA, Panizza M, Ouattara L, Diaco T, Foti G, Comninellis C. Electro- chemical oxidation of water on synthetic boron-doped diamond thin alloy anodes. Journal of Applied Electrochemistry 2003; 33: 151–54.

49.     Romdhane Ben Slama.  Production of Hydrogen by Electrolysis of Water:  Effects of the Electrolyte Type on the Electrolysis Performances. Computational Water, Energy, and Environmental Engineering, 2013; 2: 54-58.

50.     Fujishima A, Honda K. Electrochemical photolysis of water at a semiconductor electrode. Nature 1972; 238: 37.

51.     Licht S, Wang B, Mukerji S, Soga T, Umeno M, Tributsch H. Over 18% solar energy conversion to generation of hydrogen fuel; theory and experiment for efficient solar water splitting. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2001; 26: 653–59.

52.     Gibson TL, Kelly NA. Optimization of solar powered hydrogen production using photovoltaic electrolysis devices. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2008; 33: 5931–40.

53.     Russell JH, Nuttall LJ, Fickett AP. Hydrogen generation by solid polymer electrolyte water electrolysis. American Chemical Society Division of Fuel Chemistry
Preprints 1973; 18(3): 24-40.

54.     Grubb WT. Ionic migration in ion-exchange membranes. Journal of Physical Chemistry 1959; 63 (1): 55 – 67.

55.     Grubb WT. Batteries with solid ion exchange electrolytes I. secondary cells employing metal electrodes. Journal of the Electrochemical Society 1959; 106 (4): 275 – 78.

56.     H. Takenaka, Development Trends of Hydrogen Production Technology by Water Electrolysis, Journal of the Fuel Society of Japan 1991; 70: 487.

57.     H. Micishita, H. Matsumoto, T. Ishihara, Effects of Pressure on the Performance of Water Electrolysis of the Cell Using Nafion Membrane Electrode, Electrochemistry  2008; 76: 288.

58.     S.A. Grigoriev, V.I. Porembsky, V.N. Fateev, Pure hydrogen production by PEM electrolysis for hydrogen production, International Journal of Hydrogen Energy 2006; 31(2): 171-175.

59.     F. Barbir, PEM electrolysis for production of hydrogen from renewable energy sources, Solar Energy; 2005; 78(5): 661 – 669.

60.     V.N. Fateev, O.V. Archakov, E.K. Lyutikova, L.N. Kulikova, V.I. Porembsky, Electrolysis of water in systems with solid polymer electrolyte, Russian Journal of
Electrochemistry 1993; 29(4): 551-557.

61.     C.A. Linkous, H.R. Anderson, R.W. Kopitzke, G.L. Nelson, Development of new proton exchange membrane electrolytes for water electrolysis at higher temperatures, International Journal of Hydrogen Energy 1998; 23(7): 525-529.

62.     R. Garca-Valverde, C. Miguel, R. Martnez-Bjar, A. Urbina. Optimized photovoltaic generator–water electrolyser coupling through a controlled DC–DC converter Int. J. Hydrog. Energy 2008; 33: 5352 – 62

63.     Huaneng Su, Bernard Jan Bladergroen, Sivakumar Pasupathi, Vladimir Linkov, Shan Ji*.  Performance Investigation of Membrane Electrode Assemblies   for Hydrogen Production by Solid Polymer Electrolyte Water Electrolysis.  Int. J. Electrochem. Sci. 2012; 7: 4223 – 34.

A.       T. Marshall, S. Sunde, M. Tsypkin and R. Tunold. Performance of a PEM water electrolyte cell using IrxRuyTazO2 electrocatalyst for the oxygen evolution electrode. Int. J. Hydrogen Energy 2007; 32: 2320-24.

64.     Marshall A, Borresen B, Hagen G, Tsypkin M, Tunold R. Electrochemical characterisation of IrxSn1-xO2 powders as oxygen evolution electrocatalysts. Electrochimica Acta Apr 2006; 51(15): 3161 – 67.

A.       Marshall, B. Børresen, Hagen, S. Sunde, M. Tsypkin and R. Tunold, Russ. Iridium oxide based nanocrystalline particles as oxygen evolution electrocatalyst. J. Electrochem. 2006; 42: 1134-40.

65.     Siracusano S, Baglio V, Stassi A, Ornelas R, Antonucci V, Arico` AS. Investigation of IrO2 electrocatalysts prepared by a sulfite-couplex route for the O2 evolution
eaction in solid polymer electrolyte water electrolyzers. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy 2011; 36(13): 7822 – 31.

66.     Cruz JC, Baglio V, Siracusano S, Ornelas R, Ortiz-Frade L, Arriaga LG, et al. Nanosized IrO2 electrocatalysts for oxygen evolution reaction in an SPE electrolyzers. Journal of Nanoparticle Research Apr 2011; 13(4): 1639 – 46.

67.     Siracusano S, Baglio V, Di Blasi A, Briguglio N, Stassi A, Ornelas R, et al. Electrochemical characterization of single cell and short stack PEM electrolyzers based on a nanosized IrO2 anode electrocatalyst. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy 2010; 35(11): 5558 – 68.

68.     Y. J. Zhang, C. Wang, N. F. Wan, Z. X. Liu and Z. Q. Mao. Study of a novel manufacturing process of membrane electrode assemblies for solid polymer electrolyte water electrolysis.  Electrochem. Commun.2007; 9: 667-70.

69.     L. Ma, S. Sui and Y. Zhai. Investigation of high performance proton exchange membrane water electrolyzer.Int. J. Hydrogen Energy, 34 (2009) 678.

70.     J. Xu, R. Miao, T. Zhao, J. Wu and X. Wang. A novel catalyst layer with hydrophilic-hydrophobic meshwork and pore structure for solid polymer electrolyte water electrolysis. Electrochemistry Communication. 2011; 13: 437-39.

71.     Guoqiang Wei, Li Xua,  Chengde Huang, Yuxin Wanga,. SPE water electrolysis with SPEEK/PES blend membrane. International journal of hydrogen energy 2010;
35: 7778- 83.

72.     Burke LD, Moynihan A. Oxygen electrode reaction. part 1. Nature of inhibition process. Transactions of the Faraday Society 1971; 67(588): 3550 – 57.

73.     Burke LD, Omeara TO. Oxygen electrode-reaction part 2. Behavior at ruthenium black electrodes. Journal of the Chemical Society-Faraday Transactions I 1972; 68: 839 – 48.

74.     Burke LD, Omeara TO, Mccarthy F. Oxygen electrode part 3. Inhibition of oxygen evolution reaction. Journal of the Chemical Society-Faraday Transactions I 1972; 68: 1086 – 92.

75.     Buckley DN, Burke LD. Oxygen electrode part 4. Lowering of overvoltage for oxygen evolution at noble-metal electrodes in presence of ruthenium salts. Journal of Electroanalytical Chemistry 1974; 52(3): 433 – 42.

76.     Buckley DN, Burke LD. Oxygen electrode part 5. Enhancement of charge capacity of an iridium surface in anodic region. Journal of the Chemical Society-Faraday Transactions I 1975; 71(7): 1447 – 59.

77.     Buckley DN, Burke LD. Oxygen-electrode part 6. Oxygen evolution and corrosion at iridium anodes. Journal of the Chemical Society-Faraday Transactions I 1976; 72: 2431 – 40.

78.     Buckley DN, Burke LD, Mulcahy JK. Oxygen-electrode part 7. Influence of some electrical and electrolyte variables on charge capacity of iridium in anodic region. Journal of the Chemical Society-Faraday Transactions I 1976; 72: 1896 – 902.

79.     Burke LD, Murphy OJ, Oneill JF, Venkatesan S. Oxygenelectrode part 8. Oxygen evolution at ruthenium dioxide anodes. Journal of the Chemical Society-Faraday Transactions I 1977; 73: 1659 – 71.

80.     Furuya N, Motoo S. Electrochemical behavior of ad-atoms and their effect on hydrogen evolution: part I order-disorder rearrangement of copper ad-atoms on platinum. Journal of Electroanalytical Chemistry 1976; 72(2): 165- 75.

81.     Furuya N, Motoo S. Electrochemical behavior of ad-atoms and their effect on hydrogen evolution: part II arsenic ad atoms on platinum. Journal of Electroanalytical Chemistry 1977; 78(2): 243- 56.

82.     Furuya N, Motoo S. Electrochemical behavior of ad-atoms and their effect on hydrogen evolution: part III. Platinum ad-atoms on gold and gold ad-atoms on platinum. Journal of Electroanalytical Chemistry 1978; 88(2): 151- 60.

83.     Furuya N, Motoo S. Electrochemical behavior of ad-atoms and their effect on hydrogen evolution: part IV. Tin and lead ad-atoms on platinum. Journal of Electroanalytical Chemistry 1979a; 98(2): 195- 202.

84.     Furuya N, Motoo S. Electrochemical behavior of ad-atoms and their effect on hydrogen evolution: part V. Selenium ad atoms on gold. Journal of Electroanalytical Chemistry 1979b; 102(2): 155- 63.

85.     Furuya N, Motoo S. Electrochemical behavior of ad-atoms and their effect on hydrogen evolution: part VI. Germanium ad-atoms on platinum. Journal of Electroanalytical Chemistry 1979; 99(1):19 – 28.

86.     Miles MH, Thomason MA. Periodic variations of overvoltages for water electrolysis in acid solutions from cyclic voltammetric studies. Journal of the Electrochemical Society 1976; 123(10): 1459 – 61.

87.     Miles MH, Klaus EA, Gunn BP, Locker JR, Serafin WE. Oxygen evolution reaction on platinum, iridium, ruthenium and their alloys at 80-degrees-C in acid-solutions. Electrochimica Acta 1978; 23(6): 521 – 6.

88.     Paunovic P, Gogovska DS, Popovski O, Stoyanova A, Slavcheva E, Lefterova E, et al. Preparation and characterization of Co-Ru/TiO2/MWCNTs electrocatalysts in PEM hydrogen electrolyzer. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy Aug 2011; 36(16): 9405 – 14.

89.     Iwakura C, Hirao K, Tamura H. Anodic evolution of oxygen on ruthenium in acidic solutions. Electrochimica Acta 1977; 22(4): 329 -34.

90.     Weininger JL, Russell RR. Corrosion of ruthenium oxide catalyst at anode of a solid polymer electrolyte cell. Journal of the Electrochemical Society 1978; 125(9): 1482- 86.

91.     Ko¨ tz R, Stucki S. Stabilization of RuO2 by IrO2 for anodic oxygen evolution in acid-media. Electrochimica Acta 1986; 31(10): 1311 – 16.

92.     De Pauli CP, Trasatti S. Electrochemical surface characterization of IrO2þSnO2 mixed-oxide electrocatalysts. Journal of Electroanalytical Chemistry 1995; 396(1 – 2): 161 – 68.

93.     De Pauli CP, Trasatti S. Composite materials for electrocatalysis of O2 evolution: IrO2 þ SnO2 in acid solution. Journal of Electroanalytical Chemistry 2002; 538: 145 – 51.

94.     Morimitsu M, Otogawa R, Matsunaga M. Effects of cathodizing on the morphology and composition IrO2-Ta2O5/Ti anodes. Electrochimica Acta 2000; 46(2-3): 401 – 06.

95.     Hu JM, Meng HM, Zhang JQ, Cao CN. Degradation mechanism of long service life Ti/IrO2 -Ta2O5 oxide anodes in sulphuric acid. Corrosion Science 2002; 44(8): 1655-68.

96.     Terezo AJ, Bisquert J, Pereira EC, Garcia-Belmonte G. Separation of transport, charge storage and reaction processes of porous electrocatalytic IrO2 and IrO2/Nb2O5 electrodes. Journal of Electroanalytical Chemistry 2001; 508(1-2):59 – 69.

97.     Chen GH, Chen XM, Yue PL. Electrochemical behavior of novel Ti/IrOx-Sb2O5-SnO2 anodes. Journal of Physical Chemistry 2002; 106(17): 4364 – 69.

98.     Ardizzone S, Bianchi CL, Cappelletti G, Ionita M, Minguzzi A, Rondinini S, et al. Composite ternary SnO2/IrO2/Ta2O5 oxide electrocatalysts. Journal of Electroanalytical Chemistry 2006; 589(1): 160 – 66.

99.     de Oliveira-Sousa A, da Silva MAS, Machado SAS, Avaca LA, de Lima-Neto P. Influence of the preparation method on the morphological and electrochemical properties of Ti/IrO2-coated electrodes. Electrochimica Acta 2000; 45(27): 4467 – 73.

100.  Polonsky J, Petrushina IM, Christensen E, Bouzek K, Prag CB, Andersen JET, et al. Tantalum carbide as a novel support material for anode electrocatalysts in polymer electrolyte membrane water electrolysers. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy Feb 2012; 37(3): 2173 – 81.

101.  Wu X, Scott K. RuO2 supported on Sb-doped SnO2 nanoparticles for polymer electrolyte membrane water electrolysers. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy 2011; 36(10): 5806 – 10.

102.  Grahl-Madsen L. Primolyzer. In: Symposium e water electrolysis and hydrogen as a part of the future renewable energy system; 2012. Copenhagen, Denmark.

103.  Marshall A, Borresen B, Hagen G, Tsypkin M, Tunold R. Preparation and characterisation of nanocrystalline IrxSn1-xO2 electrocatalytic powders. Materials Chemistry and Physics. 2005; 94(2-3): 226 – 32.

104.  Hinnemann B, Moses PG, Bonde J, Jorgensen KP, Nielsen JH, Horch S, et al. Biornimetic hydrogen evolution: MoS2 nanoparticles as catalyst for hydrogen evolution. Journal of the American Chemical Society 2005; 127(15): 5308- 89.

105.  Li YG, Wang HL, Xie LM, Liang YY, Hong GS, Dai HJ. MoS2 nanoparticles grown on graphene: an advanced catalyst for the hydrogen evolution reaction. Journal of the American Chemical Society 2011; 133(19): 7296- 99

106.  Phuruangrat A, Ham DJ, Thongtem S, Lee JS. Electrochemical hydrogen evolution over MoO3 nanowires produced by microwave-assisted hydrothermal reaction. Electrochemistry Communications. 2009; 11(9): 1740 – 43.

107.  Selvan RK, Gedanken A. The sonochemical synthesis and characterization of Cu1-x NixWO4 nanoparticles/nanorods and their application in electrocatalytic hydrogen evolution. Nanotechnology 2009; 20(10): 17.

108.  Xu WL, Liu CP, Xing W, Lu TH. A novel hybrid based on carbon nanotubes and heteropolyanions as effective catalyst for hydrogen evolution. Electrochemistry Communications. 2007; 9(1): 180- 84.

109.  Rajeswari J, Kishore PS, Viswanathan B, Varadarajan TK. Facile hydrogen evolution reaction on WO3 nanorods. Nanoscale Research Letters 2007; 2(10): 496 – 503.

110.  Zheng HT, Mathe M. Hydrogen evolution reaction on single crystal WO3/C nanoparticles supported on carbon in acid and alkaline solution. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy 2011; 36(3): 1960 – 64.

111.  Pantani O, Anxolabehere-Mallart E, Aukauloo A, Millet P. Electroactivity of cobalt and nickel glyoximes with regard to the electro-reduction of protons into molecular hydrogen in acidic media. Electrochemistry Communications 2007; 9(1): 54 – 58.

112.  Millet P, Dragoe D, Grigoriev S, Fateev V, Etievant C. GenHyPEM: a research program on PEM water electrolysis supported by the European commission. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy. 2009; 34(11): 4974 – 82.

113.  Grigoriev SA, Millet P, Fateev VN. Evaluation of carbon supported Pt and Pd nanoparticles for the hydrogen evolution reaction in PEM water electrolysers. Journal of Power Sources 2008; 177(2): 281- 85.

114.  Grigoriev SA, Mamat MS, Dzhus KA, Walker GS, Millet P. Platinum and palladium nano-particles supported by graphitic nano-fibers as catalysts for PEM water electrolysis. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy. 2011; 36(6): 4143-    37.

115.  Raoof JB, Ojani R, Esfeden SA, Nadimi SR. Fabrication of bimetallic Cu/Pt nanoparticles modified glassy carbon electrode and its catalytic activity toward hydrogen evolution reaction. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy. 2010; 35(9): 3937 – 44.

116.  Vielstich W, Lamm A, Gasteiger HA. Handbook of fuel cells: fundamentals, technology, and applications. Chichester, England; New York: Wiley; 2003.

117.  Debe MK, Hendricks SM, Vernstrom GD, Meyers M, Brostrom M, Stephens M, et al. Initial performance and durability of ultra-low loaded NSTF electrodes for PEM electrolyzers. Journal of the Electrochemical Society 2012; 159(6): K165 – 76.

118.  Alayoglu S, Nilekar AU, Mavrikakis M, Eichhorn B. Ru-Pt coreshell nanoparticles for preferential oxidation of carbon monoxide in hydrogen. Nature Materials 2008; 7(4): 333-38.

119.  Strasser P, Koh S, Anniyev T, Greeley J, More K, Yu CF, et al. Lattice-strain control of the activity in dealloyed core-shell fuel cell catalysts. Nature Chemistry 2010; 2(6): 454 – 60.

120.  Carmo M, Sekol RC, Ding SY, Kumar G, Schroers J, Taylor AD. Bulk metallic glass nanowire architecture for electrochemical applications. ACS Nano 2011; 5(4): 2979 – 83.

121.  Mukherjee S, Carmo M, Kumar G, Sekol RC, Taylor AD, Schroers J. Palladium nanostructures from multicomponent metallic glass. Electrochimica Acta 2012; 74(0): 145 -50.

122.  Kumar G, Desai A, Schroers J. Bulk metallic glass: the smaller the better. Advanced Materials. 2011; 23(4): 461 – 76.

123.  Schroers J. Processing of bulk metallic glass. Advanced Materials 2010; 22(14): 1566 – 97.

124.  Jason C. Ganley. High temperature and pressure alkaline electrolysis.  International journal of hydrogen energy 2009; 34: 3604 – 3611.

125.  Devin Todd, Maximilian Schwager, Walter Merida. Thermodynamics of high-temperature, high-pressure water. Journal of Power Sources 2014; 269: 424 – 29.

126.  Bockris JOM, Conway BE, Yeager E and White RE, Comprehensive Treatise of Electrochemistry. New York: Plenum Press, 1981.

127.  J. Udagawa, P. Aguiar and N. P. Brandon. Hydrogen production through steam electrolysis: Model-based steady state performance of a cathode-supported intermediate temperature solid oxide electrolysis cell.  J. Power Sources 2007; 166: 127-136.

128.  L. Mingyi, Y. Bo, X. Jingming and C. Jing. Thermodynamics analysis of the efficiency of high-temperature steam electrolysis system for hydrogen production.  J. Power Sources. 2008; 177: 493-499.

129.  Ø. Ulleberg. Modeling of advance alkaline electrolyzers: a system simulation approach. Int J Hydrogen Energy. 2003; 28: 21-23.

130.  A. J. Appleby, G. Crepy and J. Jacquelin. High efficiency water electrolysis in alkaline solution. Int J Hydrogen Energy. 1978; 3: 21-37.

131.  R.L. LeRoy and C.T. Bowen, ‘The Thermodynamics of Aqueous Water Electrolysis’, J. Electrochem. Soc, 1980; 127: 1954 – 1962.

132.  Kazuo Onda, Takahiro Kyakuno, Kikuo Hattori and Kohei Ito, ‘Prediction of Production Power for High-Pressure Hydrogen by High-Pressure Water Electrolysis’, Journal of Power Sources 2004; 132: 64 -70.

133.  Harrison K. and Levine J.I. ‘Electrolysis of water’, Chapter 3 in Solar Hydrogen Generation: Toward a Renewable Energy Future , Edited by Rajeshwar, R. McConnell, S. Licht K., Springer Science, New York, NY  2008.

134.  Joshi A.S., Dincer I. and Reddy B.V. Exergetic assessment of solar hydrogen production methods’, International Journal of Hydrogen Energy, 2010;  35:  4901–4908.

135.  Padin J., Veziroglu T.N. and Shahin A. ‘Hybrid solar high-temperature hydrogen production system’, International Journal of Hydrogen Energy 2000; 25:  295–317.

136.  Kelly N.A. and Girdwod R ‘Evaluation of a thermally-powered metal hydride-based hydrogen compressor’, International Journal of Hydrogen Energy, 2012; 37: 10898–10916.

137.  Kai Zeng , Dongke Zhang. Recent progress in alkaline water electrolysis for hydrogen production and applications. Progress in Energy and Combustion Science 2010; 36: 307–326.

80-93

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

15.

Authors:

Ahmed Tahar, Mohamed Naceur Abdelkrim

Paper Title:

Output Feedback Robust Stabilization of the Decoupled Multiple Model

Abstract:   This paper aims to design a controller to robustly stabilize uncertain nonlinear systems with norm bounded uncertainties and unmeasured state variables via decoupled multi-model. The stabilization conditions are given in the form of linear matrix inequalities. Sufficient conditions are derived for robust stabilization in the sense of Lyapunov asymptotic stability and are formulated in the format of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs). The effectiveness of the proposed decoupled multi-model controller and multi-observer design methodology is finally demonstrated through numerical simulations.

Keywords:
 Decoupled multiple model, LMI, Multi-observer, robust control.


References:

1.       E. H. Mamdani and S. Assilian, “An experiment in linguistic synthesis with a fuzzy logic controller”, International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, vol. 7, pp. 1–13, January 1975.
2.       T. Takagi and M. Sugeno, “Fuzzy identification of systems and its applications to modeling and control”, IEEE Trans. Systems, Man & Cybernetics, vol. SMC-15 (1), pp. 116–132, Jan-Feb. 1985.

3.       L.K. Wong, F.H.F. Leung and P.K.S. Tam, “Fuzzy model-based design of fuzzy logic controllers and its application on combining controllers”, IEEE Trans. Indust. Elect, vol. 45 (3), pp.  502–509, 1998.

4.       D. Filev, “Fuzzy modeling of complex systems”, International Journal of Approximate Reasoning, vol. 5 (3), pp. 281–290, 1991.

5.       R. Orjuela, “ Contribution l’estimation d’état et au diagnostic des systèmes représentés par des multimodèle”, PhD. thesis, Institut National Polytechnique de Lorraine (INPL), Nancy, France, 2008.

6.       R. Orjuela, B. Marx, D. Maquin and J. Ragot, “ State estimation of nonlinear discrete-time systems based on the decoupled multiple model approach”. 4th International Conference on Informatics in Control, Automation and Robotics, ICINCO’07, 2007.

7.       R. Orjuela, B. Marx, D. Maquin and J. Ragot, “ A decoupled multiple model approach for state estimation of nonlinear systems subject to delayed measurements”. 3rd IFAC Advanced Fuzzy and Neural NetworkWorkshop, Valenciennes, France, 29-30 octobre, 2008.

8.       L. Xie, “Output feedback H∞ control of systems with parameter uncertainties”, Internat. J. Control, vol. 63 (4), pp. 741–750, 1996.

9.       P. Gahinet, A. Nemirovski, A. Laub and M. Chilali, “LMI Control Toolbox”. Natick, MA: The Math Works, 1995.

10.     A. Akhenak, “Conception d’observateurs non linéaires par approche multimodèle: application au diagnostic”, Ph. D. thesis, Institut National Polytechnique de Lorraine (INPL), France, 2004.

11.     M. Rodrigues, “Diagnostic et commande active tolérante aux défauts appliqués aux systèmes décrits par des multi-modèles linéaires”, Ph. D. thesis, Université Henri Poincaré, France, 2005.

12.     S. Tong and H. Li, “Observer-based robust fuzzy control of nonlinear systems with parametric uncertainties”, Fuzzy Sets and Systems, vol. 131, pp. 165–184, Oct. 2002.

13.     H.J. Lee, J.B. Park and G. Chen, “Robust fuzzy control of nonlinear systems with parametric uncertainties”, IEEE Trans. Fuzzy Systems, vol. 9(2), pp. 369–379, 2001.

14.     K. Tanaka, T. Ikeda and H.O. Wang, “Fuzzy regulators and fuzzy observers: relaxed stability conditions and LMI-based designs”, IEEE Trans. Fuzzy Systems, vol. 4 (2), pp.  250–265, 1998.

15.     X.J. Ma and Z.Q. Sun, “Analysis and design of fuzzy controller and fuzzy observer”, IEEE Trans. Fuzzy Systems, vol. 9 (1), pp. 41–51,  1998.

16.     J. Yoneyama and M. Nishikawa et al., “Output stabilization of Takagi-Sugeno fuzzy systems”, Fuzzy Sets and Systems, vol. 111, pp. 253–266,  2000.

17.     R. Orjuela, B. Marx, D. Maquin, and J. Ragot. “State estimation for nonlinear systems using a decoupled multiple model”, International Journal of Modelling Identification and Control, vol. 4 (1), pp. 59–67, 2008.

18.     H.J. Lee, J.B. Park and G. Chen, “Robust fuzzy control of nonlinear systems with parametric uncertainties”, IEEE Trans. Fuzzy Systems, vol. 9 (2), pp. 369–379, 2001.

19.     A. Tahar and M.N. Abdelkrim, “Multimodel H∞ loop shaping control for linear singularly perturbed systems”, 12th International conference on Sciences and Techniques of Automatic control and computer engineering, Sousse, Tunisia, 2011.

20.     A. Tahar and M.N. Abdelkrim, “Multimodel H∞ loop shaping control of a DC motor under variable loads”, 8th International Multi-conference on Systems, Signals and devices, Sousse, Tunisia, 2011.

21.     D. Ichalal, B. Marx, J. Ragot and D. Maquin, “Advances in observer design for Takagi-Sugeno systems with unmeasurable premise variables”, 20th Mediterranean conference on Control and Automation (MED’12), Barcelona, Spain, 2012.

22.     T. A. Johansen, “Operating regime based process modeling and identification”, Ph. D. thesis, Norwegian Institute of Technology, Trondheim, Norway, 1994.

23.     M. Ltaeif, A. Messaoud  and R. Ben Abdennour,” Optimal systematic determination of models’ base for multimodel representation: Real time application”, International Journal of Automation and Computing, vol. 11, pp. 644-652, 2014.

94-100

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

16.

Authors:

Siva, Elizabeth, Ajay-D-Vimalraj

Paper Title:

State Feedback Observer Design for a Three Phase Induction Machine using Singular Value Decomposition Method of Pole Placement

Abstract:   This paper discusses the tracking of the desired poles by designing a state feedback controller and observer using Singular Value Decomposition method of pole placement for time varying systems. As the fluxes are taken as state variables, the measurement of these variables might become tedious in some cases. Hence, the state variables are fed back to realize control over the system. The accuracy of the values obtained from the controller may not be precise owing to the price, placing and disturbances induced by sensors. Hence an observer comes in handy and the characteristics for different torque conditions are observed.

Keywords:
 matrix concatenate, pole placement, singular value decomposition, state feedback.


References:

1.       Marija Dodig and Marko Stoši, Singular systems, state feedback problem, 2009, Linear Algebra and its Applications (431) 1267–1292.
2.       Kascilene Machado and Carlos Pinheiro, Rough controllers with state feedback, Engineering Applications of Artificial Intelligence (26) 2467–2479.

3.       Full-State Feedback Design for a Multi-Input System, ece.gmu.edu/~gbeale/ece_521/xmpl-521-state-fdbck-02.pdf.

4.       William L. Brogan, Modern Control Theory, Third Edition, Pearson Education India, 1974.

5.       Richard C. Dorf and Robert H. Bishop, Modern Control Systems, Twelfth edition, Prentice Hall, 19th July 2010.

6.       Scott Wade, Matthew W. Dunnigan, and Barry W. Williams, Modeling and Simulation of Induction Machine Vector Control with Rotor Resistance Identification, 1997, IEEE transactions on power electronics (12) 495-506.

7.       Aydogan Savran, Discrete state space modeling and control of nonlinear unknown systems, 2013, ISA Transactions (52) 795–806.

8.       Katsuhiko Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Fifth edition, Boston, Prentice Hall, 4th September 2009.

9.       Bogdan Marinescu, Output feedback pole placement for linear time-varying systems with application to the control of nonlinear systems, 2010, Automatica, (46) 1524-1530.

10.     Runmin Zoub and Michel Malabre, Almost disturbance decoupling and pole placement, 2009, Automatica (45) 2685-2691.

11.     J. O. P. Pinto, B. K. Bose, L. E. B. Silva, A stator flux oriented vector-controlled induction motor drive with space vector PWM and flux vector synthesis by neural networks, IEEE Industry Applications Society Annual Meeting, Rome/Italy, 2000, pp. 1605-1612.

12.     P. C. Krause, Analysis of Electric Machinery, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1986.

13.     Shang-Jeng Tsai, Chih-Li Huo, Ying-Kuei Yang and Tsung-Ying Sun, Variable feedback gain control design based on particle swarm optimizer for automatic fighter tracking problems, 2013, Applied Soft Computing, (13) 58-75.

14.     Damiano Rotondo, Fatiha Nejjari and Vicenç Puig, Robust state-feedback control of uncertain LPV systems: An LMI-based approach, 2014, Journal of the Franklin Institute, (351) 2781-2803.

15.     Dan J. Gordon and Kaan Erkorkmaz, Accurate control of ball screw drives using pole-placement vibration damping and a novel trajectory prefilter, 2012, Precision Engineering (37) 308-322.

16.     Peter J. Gawthropa and Eric Roncob, Predictive pole-placement control with linear models, 2002, Automatica, (38) 421-432.

17.     Jiafan Zhang, Huajiang Ouyang and Jun Yang, Partial Eigen structure assignment for undamped vibration systems using acceleration and displacement feedback, 2014, Journal of Sound and Vibration, (333) 1–12.

18.     Irina Kalashnikova, Bart van Bloemen Waanders, Srinivasan Arunajatesan and Matthew Barone, Stabilization of projection-based reduced order models for linear time-invariant systems via optimization-based Eigen value reassignment, 2014, Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering, (272) 251-270.

19.     M. Nizam Kamarudin, S. Md. Rozali and A. Rashid Husain, Observer-Based Output Feedback Control with Linear Quadratic Performance, 2013, Procedia Engineering, (53) 233-240.

20.     K.H. Kiritsis, A necessary condition for pole assignment by constant output feedback, 2002, Systems & Control Letters, (45) 317 – 320.

101-109

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

17.

Authors:

Y. M. Mahrous, Abdullah S. Al-Ghamdi, A. M. M. Elfeki

Paper Title:

Modeling Chlorine Decay in Pipes using Two-State Random Walk Approach

Abstract:   As water moves through a distribution network, maintaining residual chlorine is essential to prevent the regrowth or recontamination of pathogens and inactivate harmful micro-organisms that might be present. On the other hand, chlorine should be kept below a certain level because of concerns about formation of carcinogenic disinfection by-products within the distribution system. In this paper, a stochastic model is proposed as a tool to offer a cost-effective way to study the spatial and temporal variation of a number of water quality constituents, including chlorine. Under a known set of hydraulic conditions and source input patterns, a two state random walk   model is developed to simulate the decay of chlorine in a single pipe by solving the advective-transport equation. The model predicts how the concentration of dissolved chlorine varies with time and space throughout the flow.  Linear non-equilibrium particle transfer from water bulk phase (state 1) to pipe wall phase (state 2) is handled using stochastic analogue of two-state Markov-chain process with absorbing state.  The model is verified by comparison with experimental observations available in the literature, EPANET 2 (Time- driven method) and other models.

Keywords:
 chlorine decay, Markov-chain, Random walk, pipes, stochastic, Transport equation.


References:

1.       Grayman WM, Rossman LA, and Geldreich EE. 1999. Water quality. CH. 7. In Mays LW. Handbook of Water distribution systems. McGraw-Hill Professional.
2.       Liou CP and Kroon JR. 1987. Modeling the Propagation of Waterborne Substances in Distribution Networks.  J. Am. Water Works Assoc. 79:(11), 54-58.

3.       Clark RM, Grayman WM, Goodrich  JA, Deininger RA, and Hess AF. 1991. Field testing distribution water quality models. J. Am. Water Works Assoc. 83: (7), 67–75.

4.       Clark RM, Grayman WM, Goodrich JA, Males RM, and Hess AF. 1993. Modeling contaminant propagation in drinking water distribution. J. Environ. Eng. 119: (2),
349–364.

5.       Clark RM, Grayman W, Goodrich  J, Deininger R, and Skov K. 1994. Measuring and modeling chlorine propagation in water distribution systems. J. Water Resour. Plann. Manage., 120:(6), 871–887.

6.       Rossman LA, Clark RM, and Grayman WM. 1994. Modeling chlorine residuals in drinking-water distribution systems. J. Environ. Eng. 120:(4) 803–820.

7.       Clark RM, et al. 1995. Measuring and modeling chlorine propagation in water distribution systems. J. Water Resour. Plann. Manage. 120: (6), 67–75.

8.       Rossman L A, and Boulos. 1996. Numerical method for modeling water quality in distribution system: A comparision. Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management. Vol. 122. No. 2.

9.       Islam MR, Chaudhry MH, and Clark RM. 1997. Inverse modeling of chlorine concentration in pipe networks under dynamic conditions. J. Environ. Eng., ASCE, 123:(10), 1033-1044.

10.     Clark RM, Sivaganesan M. 2002.  Predicting chlorine residuals in drinking water: Second order model. J Water Res Pl-Asce. 128: 152-161.

11.     Ucak A, Ozdemir ON. 2004. Simulation of chlorine decay in drinking water distribution systems. ASCE Conference Proceedings, Water distribution systems analysis: 1-11.

12.     Leeuwen JV, Daly R, and Holmes M. 2004.  Modeling the treatment of drinking water to maximize dissolved organic matter removal and disinfection by-product formation. J. Desalination. 176:(1-3), 81-89.

13.     MUSZ A, Beata Kowalska B, and WidomskiI M. 2009. Some issues concerning the problems of water quality modeling in distribution system. ECOL CHEM ENG S. Vol. 16, No. S2

14.     Hund-Der Yeh, Shi-Bin Wen, Ya-Chi Chang, and Chung-Sying Lu. 2008  A new approximate solution for chlorine concentration decay in pipes. Water Res. 42: 2787 – 2795.

15.     Kitanidis PK. 1994. Particle-tracking equation for the solution of the advection dispersion with variable coefficients. Water Resour. Res. 30: (11), 3225-3227.

16.     Salamon P, Fernandez-Garcia D, and Gomez-Hernandez JJ. 2006  A review and numerical assessment of the random walk particle tracking method. J. Contam.
Hydrol. 87:277–305.

17.     Yong Z, Benson DA, Meerschaert MM, and Scheffler H. 2006. On Using Random Walks to Solve the Space-fractional Advection-dispersion Equations.” J. Stat. Phys.. 123:(1), 89-110.

18.     Munavalli GR, Mohan Kumar MS. 2004. Modified lagrangian method for modeling water quality in distribution systems. Water Res. 38: 2973–2988.

19.     Rossman LA, Brown RA, Singer PC, and Nuckols JR. 2001. DBP Formation kinetics in a simulated distribution system. Water Res. 35:(14), 3483–3489.

20.     Kinzelbach W, and Uffink, G. 1989. Water quality, p. 763-784. In Bear J, Corapcioglu, MY. Book of Transport processes in porous media. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Netherlands.

21.     Rossman LA. 2006. The effect of advanced treatment on chlorine decay in metallic pipes. Water Res. 40:(13), 2493–2502.

22.     Biswas P, Lu CS, and Clark RM. 1993. A model for chlorine concentration decay in pipes. Water Res. 27: (12), 1715–1724.

110-115

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

18.

Authors:

P. Siva, E. Shanmuga Priya, P. Ajay-D-Vimalraj

Paper Title:

Maximum Power Tracking of Doubly-Fed Induction Generator using Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System

Abstract:   This paper deals with the Artificial Intelligent control of Doubly-Fed Induction Generator using Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System in order to generate maximum power at variable wind speed. The rotor control is achieved here using the combined features of neural network and fuzzy logic controller.

Keywords:
 Doubly-fed Induction Generator (DFIG), Wind Energy Conversion System (WECS), Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System (ANFIS)


References:

1.       G. O. Young, “Synthetic structure of industrial plastics (Book style with paper title and editor),” in Plastics, 2nd ed. vol. 3, J. Peters, Ed.  New York: McGraw-Hill, 1964, pp. 15–64.
2.       Michael K. Bourdoulis and Antonio T. Alexandridis, “A new controller design and analysis of DFIG Wind Turbine systems for MPP operation”, IEEE Transaction, 2013.

3.       Akira Kaneko, Naoyuki Hara and Keiji Konishi, “Model predictive control of DFIG based wind turbines”, American control conference, June 2012.

4.       Aicha Daoud and Fatma Ben Salem, “Direct Power Control of a Doubly Fed Induction Generator Dedicated to Wind Energy Conversions”, IEEE Transaction, 2014.

5.       Karim Belmokhtar, Mamadou. L. Doumbia and Kodjo Agbossou, “Modelling and Fuzzy Logic Control of DFIG based Wind Energy Conversion Systems”, IEEE Transaction, 2012.

6.       Yu Zou, Malik Elbuluk and Yilmaz Sozer, “A Novel Maximum Power Points Tracking (MPPT) operation of Doubly-Fed Induction Generator (DFIG) Wind Power System”, IEEE Transaction, 2012.

7.       Sasidharan Sridharan, Weerakorn Ongsakul, J.G. Singh, I Made Warthana and Kittavit Buayai, “Development of PSO based control Algorithms for Maximizing Wind Power Penetration”, IEEE Transaction, 2011.

8.       George C. Konstantopoulos and Antonio T. Alexandridis, “Full-scale Modelling, Control and Analysis of Grid-Connected Wind Turbine Induction Generators With Back-to-Back AC/DC/AC Converters”, IEEE Transaction, 2013.

9.       Aicha Daoud and Fatma Ben Salem, “Direct power control of Doubly-Fed Induction Generator dedicated to Wind Energy Conversions”, IEEE Transaction, 2014.

10.     Burak Ozpineci, Leon M. Tolbert, “Simulink implementation of Induction Machine model-A Modular Approach”, IEEE Transaction, 2003.

11.     Mohammed HILAL, Mohammed MAAROUFI and Mohammed OUASSAID, “Doubly Fed Induction Generator Wind Turbine Control for a maximum Power Extraction”, IEEE Transaction, 2010.

12.     T. Salma and R. Yokeeswaran, “Pitch control of DFIG based Wind Energy Conversion System for Maximum Power Point Tracking”, IJAREEIE, December 2013.

13.     Zakaria Kara and Kamel Bara, “Wind energy conversion based doubly fed induction generator controlled by direct matrix converter”, IEEE Transactions, 2014.

14.     Noor Ullah, “ANFIS Based Models for Accessing Quality of Wikipedia Articles”, May 2010.

15.     Juh-Shing Roger Jang, “ANFIS: Adaptive-Network-Based Fuzzy Inference System”, IEEE Transactions May/June 1993.

16.     Heikki Koivo, “ANFIS (Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System)”,2000.

17.     A.P.Paplinski, “Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System (ANFIS)”, Neuro-Fuzzy Computing, May 20, 2005.

18.     Chiung Hsing Chen, Chih-Ming Hong and Fu-Sheng Cheng, “ Intelligent speed sensorless Maximum Power Point Tracking control for Wind Generation System”, Electrical Power and Energy Systems, 42(2012), 399-407.

19.     L.G. Gonzaliez, E. Figueres, G. Garcera and O. Carranza, “Maximum-power-point tracking with reduced mechanical stress applied to wind-energy-conversion-systems”, Applied Energy, 87(2010), 2304-2312.

20.     Mohammed Sleiman, Bachir Kedjar, Abdelhamid Hamidi, Kamal Al-Haddad and Hadi Y. Kanaan, “Modelling, Control and Simulation of DFIG for Maximum Power Point Tracking” IEEE Transaction, 2013.

116-120

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

19.

Authors:

Luong Thai Ngoc, Vo Thanh Tu

Paper Title:

Proposing AODVSC Protocol to Detect Black Hole Attacks in Mobile Ad-hoc Network

Abstract:   Mobile Ad-hoc Network (MANET) is a kind of wireless network, which has no infrastructure and is a self configuring wireless network of mobile nodes, each node on the MANET acts like a router which forwards the packets. Due to these properties, MANET is vulnerable to attacks, routing attack is the most common one. The black hole attack is a kind of routing attack made by a malicious node on MANET. This article proposes AODVSC improved from AODV protocol which uses SC (Safe Cycle) solution to detect black hole attacks. The SC solution uses the “distance” from the current node to all neighboring nodes based on SN (sequence number) values. The simulated installation and performance evaluation of AODVSC and AODV protocols in the normal network environment where there are black hole node attacks on the network simulator NS2 was also presented to evaluation improved protocol.

Keywords:
 AODV, AODVSC, black hole, detect black hole attacks, mobile ad hoc network, routing protocols.


References:

1.       Alekha Kumar Mishra, Bibhu Dutta Sahoo, “A modified Adaptive SAODV prototype for perfor-mance enhancement in MANET”, IJ-CA-ETS, Vol 1, Issue 2, 2010, pp. 443-447.
2.       Anu Bala, Raj Kumari and Jagpreet Singh, “Investigation of Blackhole Attack on AODV in MANET”, journal of emerging technologies in web intelligence, vol. 2, no. 2, 2010, pp. 96-100

3.       Cerri D, Ghioni A, “Securing AODV: The A-SAODV Secure Routing Prototype”, IEEE Com-munication Magazine, 2008, pp. 120-125.

4.       Ei Ei Khin, and Thandar Phyu, “Mitigating Scheme for Black Hole Attack in AODV Routing Protocol”, ICAET, 2014, pp. 105-109.

5.       Irshad Ullah, Shoaib Ur Rehman, Analysis of Black Hole Attack on MANETs Using Different MANET Routing Protocols, School of Computing Blekinge Institute of
Technology, MA, 2010.

6.       Manel Guerrero-Zapata, Secure Ad hoc On-Demand Distance Vector (SAODV) Routing, guerrero/draft-guerrero-manet-saodv-05.txt, 2005.

7.       Mahajan V, Natu M and Adarshpal Sethi, “Analysis of wormhole Intrusion Attacks In MANETS”, IEEE, 978-1-4244-2677, 2008.

8.       Mohammad A.O, Shahnewaz A.F, Abu H, Tanay K.R, “AODV robust (AODVR): an analytic approach to shield ad-hoc networks from black holes”, International Journal of Advanced Computer Sciences and Applications, vol. 2, issue 8, 2011, pp. 97-102.

9.       Mohan K.S.B, Nirmal K.S.B, “Cryptographic Approach to Overcome Black Hole Attack in MANETS”, Vol.2 Issue 3, 2013, pp. 86-92.

10.     Mohammed A.H, Francis S.D, “Upshot of Sinkhole Attack in DSR Routing Protocol Based MANET”, IJERA, Vol. 3, Issue 2, 2013, pp. 1737-1741.

11.     Perkins C, Royer E. B and Das S, Ad hoc on-demand distance vector (aodv) routing, RFC: 3561, Nokia Research Center, 2003.

12.     Raj PN, Swadas PB, “DPRAODV: A Dynamic Learning System Against Blackhole Attack in AODV based MANET”, International Journal of Computer Science, Vol.2, 2009, pp. 54–59.

13.     Ruchita Meher, Seema Ladhe, “Review Paper on Flooding Attack in MANET”, IJERA, Vol. 4, Issue 1( Version 2), 2014, pp. 39-46

14.     Satoshi Kurosawa, Hidehisa Nakayama, Nei Kato, Abbas Jamalipour, etc, “Detecting Blackhole Attack on AODV based Mobile Ad Hoc Networks by Dynamic Learning Method”, International Journal of Network Security, Vol.5, No.3, 2007, pp. 338–346.

15.     Semih Dokurer, Simulation of black hole attack in wireless ad-hoc networks, Atılım University, MA, 2006.

16.     Shanmuganathan V, Anand T, “A Survey on Gray Hole Attack in MANET”, International Journal of Computer Networks and Wireless Communicat-ions, Vol.2, No.6, 2012, pp. 647-650.

17.     Suketu D.N, Ravindra K.G, “Sec.AODV for MANETs using MD5 with Cryptography”, Int. J. Comp. Tech, Vol.2, No.4, 2011, 873-878.

18.     Teerawat Issariyakul, Ekram Hossain, Introduc-tion to Network Simulator NS2, Springer Science + Business Media, 2009.

19.     Yoon J, Liu M, Noble B, Random Waypoint Considered Harmful, 0-7803-7753-2/03, IEEE INFOCOM, 2003.

121-125

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

20.

Authors:

Mohammed M. Alkhawlani

Paper Title:

Application of SMART, TOPSIS, and VIKOR Systems in Joint Admission Control

Abstract:   Joint Admission Control (JAC) handles the admis-sion of all new or handoff service requests in the mod-ern heterogeneous networks and allocates the required resources and guarantees the QoS constraints for the service. JAC is a multi-criteria problem in nature, and the usage of MCDM system is mandatory to decrease the influence of the dissimilar, imprecise, and contra-dictory measurements for the JAC criteria coming from different sources. In this paper, three different decision support systems are developed to address the JAC problem in the modern heterogeneous networks. These systems use SMART, TOPSIS, and VIKOR MCDM methods. Illustrative numerical examples for the devel-oped systems are presented. The examples show that the choice of the MCDM tool can directly affect the ranking order of the available access networks, and hence, the selection of the MCDM methods is highly critical in any JAC solution.

Keywords:
 Joint Admission Control (JAC), heterogeneous networks, QoS, MCDM, TOPSIS, VIKOR MCDM methods.


References:

1.        Jin Lai, E. Dutkiewicz, R. P. Liu, R. Vesilo, “Joint admis-sion control for cooperative cognitive radio networks,” Sixth International ICST Conference on Cognitive Ra-dio Oriented Wireless Networks and Communications (CROWNCOM), pp. 276 280, June 2011
2.        Y. Abbes, S. Najeh, H. Besbes, “Joint proportional fairness admission control and superposition coding for OFDMA networks,” 20th International Conference on Telecommunications (ICT), pp. 1 – 5, May 2013

3.        Ya-Feng Liu, Yu-Hong Dai, Zhi-Quan Luo, “Joint power and admission control via linear programming defla-tion,” 2012 IEEE International Conference on Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing (ICASSP), pp. 25-30, March 2012

4.        Yu Qingmin Wang, Yi Sun F.R., “Optimal joint base station and user equipment (BS-UE) admission con-trol for energy-efficient green wireless cellular net-works,” 2012 IEEE Global Communications Conference (GLOBECOM), pp. 2119 – 2124, Dec. 2012

5.        A. Klein, C. Lottermann, C. Mannweiler, J. Schneider, “A novel approach for combined Joint Call Admission Control and Dynamic Bandwidth Adaptation in hetero-geneous wireless networks,” 7th EURO-NGI Conference on Next Generation Internet (NGI), pp. 1 – 8, June 2011

6.        Jiachen Hu, Xing Zhang, Yue Gao, “Multichannel joint rate and admission control mechanism in vehicular area networks,” 2014 International Conference on Comput-ing, Management and Telecommunications (ComMan-Tel), pp. 111 – 115, April 2014

7.        M. Monemi, M. Rasti, E. Hossain, “On Joint Power and Admission Control in Underlay Cellular Cognitive Radio Networks,” IEEE Transactions on Wireless Communica-tions, Vol14 , No. 1, pp. 265 278, July 2014

8.        Ya-Feng Liu, Enbin Song, “Distributionally robust joint power and admission control via SOCP deflation,” 2013 IEEE 14th Workshop on Signal Processing Advances in Wireless Communications (SPAWC), pp. 11 15, June 2013

 9.   R.N. Shafti, A. Ghasemi, “Utility-based joint power and admission control algorithm in cognitive wireless networks,” 6th International Conference on Computer Sciences and Convergence Information Technology (IC-CIT), pp. 977 981, Dec. 2011

12.     Changkun Jiang, Lingjie Duan, Jianwei Huang, “Joint spectrum pricing and admission control for heteroge-neous secondary users,” 12th International Symposium on Modeling and Optimization in Mobile, Ad Hoc, and Wireless Networks (WiOpt), pp. 497 504, May 2014

13.     Long Bao Le, Dinh Thai Hoang, D. Niyato, E. Hossain, “Joint load balancing and admission control in OFDMA-based femtocell networks,” IEEE International Confer-ence on Communications (ICC), pp. 5135 5139, June 2012

14.     Jin Lai, E. Dutkiewicz, Ren Ping Liu, R., Vesilo, “Joint admission control for cooperative cognitive radio networks,” Sixth International ICST Conference on Cog-nitive Radio Oriented Wireless Networks and Communi-cations (CROWNCOM), pp. 276 280, June 2011

15.     Du Huiqin, T. Ratnarajah, “Joint admission control and beamforming with adaptive modulation for cognitive radio network,” 2012 IEEE International Conference on Communications (ICC), pp. 4648 4652, June 2012.

16.     Gao Kanke, O. Ozdemir, D.A. Pados, S.N. Batalama, “Joint admission control and resource allocation in cog-nitive code-division networks,” 2012 IEEE 13th Inter-national Workshop on Signal Processing Advances in Wireless Communications (SPAWC), pp. 149 – 153, June 2012

17.     X. Xiang, C. Lin, X. Chen, X.S. Shen, “Toward Optimal Admission Control and Resource Allocation for LTE-A Femtocell Uplink,” IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, No. 99, pp. 1-8, Aug. 2014

18.     Ya-Feng Liu ; “An efficient distributed joint power and admission control algorithm,” 31st Chinese Control Conference (CCC), pp. 5508 5512, July 2012

19.     M. Zeleny, Multiple Criteria Decision Making, (Mc-Graw Hill, New York, 2002)

20.     S. Opricovic and G. H. Tzeng , Compromise Solu-tion by MCDM Methods: A Comparative Analysis of VIKOR and TOPSIS, European Journal of Operational
Research, 156, pp 445-455

21.     S. Opricovic and G. H. Tzeng , Extended VIKOR Method in Comparison with Outranking Methods, Euro-pean Journal of Operational Research, 178, pp 514-529, 2007

22.     C.L. Hwang and K. Yoon, ”Multiple Attribute Decision Making: Mehtods and Applications,” Springer Verlag, 1981.

23.     M. Doumpos, and C. Zopounidis, A multi-criteria classification ap-proach based on pair-wise comparison, European Journal of Operational Research, pp. 378-389, 2004

126-131

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

21.

Authors:

Muhamad Razuhanafi Mat Yazid, Mohd Azizul Ladim

Paper Title:

Urban Design and Active-Transport

Abstract:   Active transport is vital to ensure urban living in a clean, healthy and quality environment. Today, rapid motorisation in Malaysia has been associated with congestion and accidents. Besides, carbon gas emission is polluted the environment and grossly affect people’s quality of life. This study is aimed to introduce a new approach to change the attitude of urban population to shift to active transport for short trips. The study employed a survey method, where a set of questionnaire was distributed to 400 samples involved population of five sub-districts in Kota Bharu, which is within 12 km radius from the city centre. The data indicated that almost 100% of the respondents and their households use passive transport for daily activities. Whereas 52% of respondents agreed to switch to active transport and the rest did not agree. Maximum distance to walk is not more that 5 km radius and cycling 10 km. Willingness to shift to active transport based on state preference survey is greatly influence by urban design that foster safety and closeness between activity centres. A study using Theory Planned Behaviour has shown that the highest positive value are health benefits (0.95), the influence of neighbours and close friends (0.95) and travel time to reach the destination (0.93). These two studies indicated that the willingness of Kota Bharu residences to shift to active transport are greatly influenced by compact urban design with open, wide and direct active transport facilities and good neighbourhood environment.

Keywords:
 Theory planned behavior, passive transport, active transport, cycling, walking, urban design.


References:

1.        P. Rietveld, “Biking and Walking : The Position of Non- Motorised Transport Modes in Transport Systems,” Amsterdam, 2001.
2.        C. Palmer, A. Astrop, M. Babu, and D. Maunder, “Attitudes and travel behavior of households in Pure, India,” International symposium on infrastructure of the future. Bangalore, India, Transport Research Laboratory, 1996.

3.        M. G. Badami and M. Haider, “An analysis of public bus transit performance in Indian cities,” Transportation Research Part A: Policy and Practice, vol. 41, no. 10, pp. 961–981, Dec. 2007.

4.        S. R. Aiken and Leigh, Development and Environment in Peninsular Malaysia. McGraw-Hill Education Singapore, 1983, p. 350.

5.        K. Martens, “The bicycle as a feedering mode: experiences from three European countries,” Transportation Research Part D: Transport and Environment, vol. 9, no. 4, pp. 281–294, Jul. 2004.

6.        M. M. Alterkawi, “A computer simulation analysis for optimizing bus stops spacing: The case of Riyadh, Saudi Arabia,” Habitat International, vol. 30, no. 3, pp. 500–508, Sep. 2006.

7.        G. Beirão and J. a. Sarsfield Cabral, “Understanding attitudes towards public transport and private car: A qualitative study,” Transport Policy, vol. 14, no. 6, pp. 478–489, Nov. 2007.

8.        Jamsiah, M. Idris, S. Ezat, and Norfazilah, “Amalan senaman dan faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhinya di kalangan penduduk kg.Bangi, Daerah Hulu Langat, Selangor D.E. Malaysia.,” Jabatan Kesihatan Masyarakat 2007:Jilid 13 Bil.1, vol. 91737825, pp. 38–43, 2007.

9.        Jamsiah, Rosnah, and N. Hassim, “Journal of Community Health 2010: Vol 16 Number 1 ORIGINAL ARTICLE,” vol. 16, no. 1, pp. 2–9, 2010.

10.     WHO, “Obesity:Preventing and Manging the Global Epidemic. Report of a WHO Consultant on Obesity,” Geneva, 1998.

11.     A. Ahern and N. Tapley, “The use of stated preference techniques to model modal choices on interurban trips in Ireland,” Transportation Research Part A: Policy and Practice, vol. 42, no. 1, pp. 15–27, Jan. 2008.

12.     J. E. Bartlett, J. W. Kotrlik, and C. C. Higgins, “Organizational Research : Determining Appropriate Sample Size in Survey Research,” Information Technology, Learning and Performance, vol. 19, no. 1, pp. 43–50, 2001

13.     I. J. Myung, “Tutorial on maximum likelihood estimation,” vol. 47, pp. 90–100, 2003.

14.     S. Haustein and M. Huneke, “Reduced use of environmentally friendly modes of transportation caused by perceived mobility necessities:An extension of the theory of planned behavior,” Journal of Applied Social Psychology, vol. 37, no. 8, pp. 1856–1883, 2007.

15.     K. Ambak, R. Ismail, R. A. Abdullah, A. A. Latiff, M. E. Sanik, U. Tun, H. Onn, P. Raja, F. S. Sciences, and U. T. Hussein, “Application of Technology Acceptance Model in Predicting Behavioral Intention to Use Safety Helmet Reminder System,” vol. 5, no. 3, pp. 881–888, 2013.

132-135

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

22.

Authors:

Sajith A.G, Hariharan.S

Paper Title:

Spatial fuzzy C-means Clustering based Liver And Liver Tumor Segmentation on Contrast Enhanced CT Images

Abstract:   Analysis of CT images plays an important role in liver tumour segmentation. Segmentation   methods include thresholding, region growing, splitting and merging etc.  Segmentation methods are of two types fully automatic and semi-automatic. It is the first and essential step for the diagnosis of liver diseases. Region based segmentation plays an important role in CT liver image analysis. In this paper a hybrid image processing method is presented based on spatial fuzzy C means clustering combined with Mumford Shah model. In image processing Mumford shah model is used for minimizing an energy function involving a piecewise smooth representation of the image. Thus we can detect interior contours automatically enhanced the blurred contours and increase the robustness of an image with less number of iterations. Thus we can improve the segmentation of liver image thereby increasing the detection of tumour effectively.

Keywords:
 Spatial FCM, Mumford Shah model, Image segmentation, CT liver image analysis


References:

1.        Suetens,P.,2002. Fundamentals of Medical Imaging.Cambridge University Press,New York
2.        Oliveira DAB, Feitosa RQ, Correia MM: Automatic Couinaud     liver and veins segmentation from CT images. InBiosignals – International Conference on Bio-Inspired Systems     and Signal Processing. Volume 1. Funchal; 2008:, pp.249-252

3.        Bezdek, J.C.: Pattern Recognition with Fuzzy Objective Function Algorithms. New York: Plenum Press, 1981

4.        Seif El-Dawlatly, Hossam Osman, Hussein Shahein,  “New Spatial FCM approach with Application to SAR Target Clustering”, ICSP, 2006

5.        Wu Qiu, Rui Wang, Feng Xiao, Mingyue Ding, “Research on Fuzzy Enhancement in the Diagnosis of liver tumor from B-mode Ultrasound Images”, IEEE: International Conference on Intelligent Computation and Bio-Medical Instrumentation, 74 – 80, 2011.

6.        Masuda Y, Tateyama T, Wei Xiong, Jiayin Zhou, Wakamiya M, Kanasaki S, Furukawa A, Yen Wei Chen, “Liver tumor detection in CT images by adaptive contrast enhancement and the EM/MPM algorithm”, IEEE: International Conference on Image Processing, 1421 – 1424, 2011.

7.        E-Liang Chen, Pau-Choo Chung, Ching Liang Chen, Hong-Ming Tsai,Chein-I Chang, “An Automatic  Diagnostic System for CT Liver Image Classification” ,IEEE:Transactions on Biomedical Engineering,Vol.45,No. 6, June 1998.

8.        Mougiakakou S.G, Valavanis I, Nikita K.S, Kelekis D, “Characterization of CT liver lesions based on texture features and a multiple neural network classification scheme”, IEEE:Proceedings of the 25th Annual International Conference on Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society, 1287 – 1290, 2003

9.        Azaid S.A, Fakhr M.W, Mohamed A.F.A, “Automatic Diagnosis of Liver Diseases from Ultrasound Images”, IEEE: International Conference on Computer Engineering and Systems, 313 – 319, 2006

10.     Sariyanni C, Asvestas P, Matsopoulos G K, Nikita K.S, Nikita A.S, Kelekis D, “A fractal analysis of CT liver images for the discrimination of hepatic lesions:A comparative study”, IEEE: Proceedings of the 23rd Annual International Conference on Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society,1557 – 1560,2001

11.     Masuda Y, Foruzan A.H, Tateyama T, Yen Wei Chen, “Automatic liver tumor detection using EM/MPM algorithm and shape information”, IEEE:2nd International Conference on Software Engineering and Data Mining, 692-695,2010

12.     Yu-Shan Sun, Peng Li, Bo-ying Wu, “An improved approach to Image Segmentation based on Mumford-Shah model”, Proceeding of the 5th International Conference on Machine Learning and Cybernetic, Dalian, Aug 2006.

13.     Song Gao and Tien D Bui, “Image Segmentation and Selective Smoothing by using Mumford-Shah model”, IEEE Trans on Image Processing, Vol 14, No.10, Oct 2005.

14.     Yong Yang, ChongxunZheng, Pan Lin, “Fuzzy Clustering with spatial constraints for image thresholding”, OpticaApplicata, Vol XXXV, No 4, 2005.

15.     Pan Lin, Xiangguo Yan, ChongxunZheng, Yong Yang, “Medical Image Segmenation based on Mumford-Shah mode”, IEEE, 2004.

16.     Andy Tsai, Anthony Yezzi, Alan.S. Willsky, “Curve Evolution Implementation of the Mumford-Shah Functional for Image Segmentation, Denoising, Interpolation,
and Magnification”, IEEE Trans on Image Processing, Vol 10, No.8, Aug 2001.

17.     Andy Tsai, Anthony Yezzi, Alan S. Willsky, “A PDE Approach to Image Smoothing and Magnification Using the Mumford-Shah Functional”, IEEE, 2000.

136-139

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

23.

Authors:

Vinit Kumar Shukla, Megha Mittal

Paper Title:

Human Resource Management Challenges and Purposed Solution: An Analysis

Abstract:  This paper define the various future challenges in the field of Human resource management and the possible solutions to overcome them. The responsibilities of HR manager have gradually become broader and more strategic because of globalization. The function of human resources (HR) departments is administrative and common to all organizations. Organizations may have formalized selection, evaluation, and payroll processes. Management of “human capital” progressed to an imperative and complex process. It investigates three aspects of human resource management facing future challenges, operational, technology and globalization.

Keywords:
 HR, Gobalization, Human Capital


References:

1.        Ashwathappa K. ,( 2006) Human Resource Management, Tata McGraw Hills , New Delhi, 3rd edition
2.        Bhatia S.K.,(2005) International Human Resource Management A global perspective, Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi.

3.        Brooks S, Wiley JW & Hause E (2006). “Using Employee and customer perspectives to improve Organizational Performance.” In L Fogli (Ed.) Customer Service Delivery: Research and Best Practices, Jossey Bass, 52-82.

4.        Buck J.M., Watson J.L. (2002) “Retaining Staff Employees: The Relationship between Human Resources Management Strategies and Organizational Commitment”, Innovative Higher Education, Vol. 26, No. 3 pp175-193

5.        Carolyn Hirschman, “Time for a Change,” HR Magazine, August 1998, 81-87.

6.        Challenger JA (1998) There is no future for the workplace. In: The Futurist, Washington Oct. 1998, pp 16-20

7.        Charman, A. (1999) Global mergers and acquisitions: the human resource challenge. International Focus (Society for Human Resource Management

8.        Evans P, Doz Y (1992) Dualities. A Paradigm for Human Resource and Organizational Development in Complex. Multinationals. Globalizing Management, New York, pp85-106

9.        B. Pattanayak, Human Resource Management(PHI Learning Private Limited,2009).

10.     L.M. Prasad, Human Resource Management (Sultan Chand & Sons: Educational Publishers, 2006).

11.     H John Bernardin, Human Resource Management (Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2007)

12.     P.C. Tripathi, Human Resource Development (Sultan Chand & Sons: Educational Publishers, 2006)

13.     V S P Rao, Human resource Management (Excel Books, Second Edition, 2010)

14.     Mohan Thite, Michael J. Kavanagh, Evolution of Human Resource Management and Human Resource Information Systems.

140-141

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

24.

Authors:

M. Bommy, M. Dhanalakshmi, A. Rajesh

Paper Title:

Enhanced Hybrid Multipath Routing Protocol Using an Priority Acknowledgment Table (PAT)

Abstract:   Route discovery and route maintenance concerns a main issue in MANET. To address this problem we propose an efficient hybrid routing technique using Priority Acknowledgement Table. Our proposed work uses both On-demand and Table driven routing protocols for continuous route discovery between source and destination in multipath and multicast environment. Here we use a Priority Acknowledgement Table technique to find the shortest alternative path. In initial stage a single route is discovered using On-Demand routing protocol. From that route each node involves in continuous discovery of another shortest path to reach destination. At that time if a node finds more than two alternate paths, then it is declared as DPN and a temporary PAT is constructed from which again a new route is discovered to reach the destination. In our proposed work if route failure occurs, route rediscovery starts from DPN instead of from original source node by which efficiency is increased.

Keywords:
 MANET (Mobile Adhoc Network), PAT (priority Acknowledgment Table), DPN (Demand processing Node).


References:

1.        R.L.Lagendijik, J.F.C.M.de Jongh, “Multipath Routing in    Mobile Ad Hoc Networks”, Traineeship Report, Version 1.2, TU-Delft/TNO, 2003.  
2.        D. Jagadeesan and  S.K. Srivatsa, Multipath Routing Protocol for Effective Local Route Recovery in Mobile Ad hoc Network, Journal of Computer Science, PP: 1143-  1149, 2012.

3.        D. B. Johnson and D. A. Maltz, “Dynamic Source Routing in Ad HocWireless Networks, Academic Publishers, vol. 5, pp. 153-181, 1996.   

4.        B. Divecha, A. Abraham, C. Grosan, and S. Sanyal, “Analysis of Dynamic Source Routing and Destination-Sequenced Distance-Vector Protocols for Different Mobility models,” in Proc. of First Asia International Conference on Modelling & Simulation, Phuket,Thailand, pp. 224-229, 27-30 March, 2007.

5.        C. Perkins and P. Bhagwat, “Highly Dynamic Destination-Sequenced Distance-Vector Routing (DSDV) for Mobile Computers,” in Proc. Of  Sigcomm conference on Communications architectures, protocols and applications, London, England, UK, 1994, pp. 234-244.

6.        C. E. Perkins and E. M. Royer, “Ad-hocOn-demand Distance Vector Routing”, in Proc.IEEE WMCSA, pp. 90-100, Feb. 1999.

7.        C. Liu and S. Chang, “The study of effectiveness for ad-hoc wireless network,” in Proc. of ICIS 2009 2nd International Conference on Interaction Sciences: Information Technology, Culture and Human, Seoul, Korea, pp. 412-417,  24-26 Nov., 2009.

8.        E. M. royer and C. E. Perkins, “multicast operation of the ad-hoc on-demand distance vector routing protocol”, in proc. acm mobicom, pp. 207-218, aug. 1999.

9.        Dhirendra, K.S., S. Kumar and C. Kumar, “Enhancement of split multipath Routing protocol in MANET” Int. J. Comput. Sci. Eng.,PP: 679-685, 2010.

10.     Pooja  and Ajay Dureja, “Enhancement of Multipath Routing Protocol for Route Recovery in MANET” European Scientific Journal, edition vol.9, No.18, ISSN: 1857 – 7881 (Print) e – ISSN 1857- 7431, June 2013.

142-144

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

25.

Authors:

K. Raghuveer, Ananth G S

Paper Title:

A Novel Comparison between Apple IOS 8 VS Android 5.0 Lollipop for Best Features and Sustainability of the Modern World Mobile OS

Abstract:   Today in this modern computing world, mobile has become miniature in nature; but not to forget the power the small devices have. For the mobile devices to hold so much of power comes not just from the hardware the vendors provide but also from the software that runs on these hardware.  This paper compares the good and the bad features of the recently released Apple iOS 8 and Android 5.0 Lollipop and finally tries to resolve the best amongst the two.

Keywords:
 Mobile OS, smartphones, Apple iOS 8, Android L, Lollipop


References:

1.        Inputs from www.in.techradar.com
2.        www.wikipedia.com

3.        Referernces from www.techhive.com

4.        www.ubergizmo.com

5.        The best and the worst of Android Lollipop (www.forbes.com)

6.        www.arstechnica.com, battery consumption of Android L

145-147

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

26.

Authors:

Mustafa. M. Ali. Alfaki, Ajit Paul, Shalini Bhawana Masih

Paper Title:

The Level of Satisfaction of Foreign Students at Sam Higginbottom University Allahabad India for Administrative and Academic Performance of Thier University

Abstract:   The Summary-The satisfaction of the students has become one of the modern approaches to the development of higher education in various countries in the world and an essential element of the quality and reliability in higher education. Therefore, the objective of this research is to measure the level of satisfaction of foreign students at Sam Higginbottom University Allahabad from administrative and academic performance of the university. To achieve the objectives of the study, a questionnaire consisting (24) component was distributed among (50) foreign students of all disciplines at the University. After the statistical analysis of the results of the questionnaire, it showed that the level of satisfaction of students in 2general was acceptable, and in some cases is good, but not excellent. Both researchers recommend that satisfaction of students is taken into account as a component of quality and reliability, and various university departments seek to meet the needs of students and their expectations.

Keywords:
 component was distributed among (50) foreign students of all disciplines at the University


References:

1.       ronin J. J., Jr. and Steven A. T. (1994): SERVPERF versus SERVQUAL:  Reconciling Performance – Based and Perception – Minus – Expectations   Measurement of Service Quality, Journal of Marketing, 58 (January), 125-131.
2 .      Burch, E., Rogers, H. P., and Underwood, J.(1995): Exploring Servers :  An Empirical Investigation of the Importance-Performance, Service Quality Relationship in the Uniform Rental Industry .

3.       Trraf and Johanna (2003) “ Problems of higher studies in Syrian universities from  masters and doctorate students perspective “ Damascus University Journal , Volume 19, issue 1 .

4.       Kotler, P. (2001): Marketing Management: Analysis lanning،Implement and Control, India, Prntice Hall, Inc.

5 .      Kara, A. and De-Shield, O. W. (2004): Business Student Satisfaction, Intentions  and Retention in Higher Education: An Empirical Investigation, Pennsylvania  State University-York Campus.

6.       Baykal, Ulkuet al (2005): Determining Student Satisfaction in a Nursing   College, Nurse Education Today, Volume 25, issue 4, pages 255-262.

7 .      Alssari , Abdullah and Zaid ( 2006 ) “ The satisfaction of students of the faculty   of Education at Sultan Qaboos University for overseeing the academic and the  nature of their expectation of it Jornal of the faculty of Education University of  United Arab Emirates year ( 21 ) , issue 23 .

8.       Al hajjar and Mabhooh ( 2008 ) ” Al- Aqsa Palestine university student’s satisfaction with the quality of services in the registration process and  academic guidance”  http://www.arab.acrao.org/28/research/13.pdf

148-152

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

27.

Authors:

Priyanka Shivhare, Vinay Gupta

Paper Title:

Review of Image Segmentation Techniques Including Pre & Post Processing Operations

Abstract:   Image Segmentation has been an area for a long time which is providing opportunities to do research work. Image segmentation is most of judging or analyzing function in image processing and analysis. Image segmentation is a process of partitioning an image into meaningful regions that are homogenous or similar and inhomogeneous in some characteristics. Image segmentation results have an effect on image analysis and it following higher order tasks. Image analysis includes object description and representation, feature measurement. Higher order task follows classification of object.. Hence characterization, visualization of region of interest in any image, delineation plays an important role in image segmentation .These image segmentation techniques need comparative analysis for further development and modifications for continuous and consistent improvement. Hence, in this paper an overview of image segmentation and its present techniques is presented which demands a lot of research work.

Keywords:
 Image, Image Segmentation, Segmentation Techniques..


References:

1.        P. Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, Third Edition, Pearson Education, Asia.
2.        Jay Acharya, Sohil Gadhiya and Kapil Raviya, “Segmentation Techniques for Image Analysis: A Review”, International Journal of Computer Science and Management Research, Vol 2 Issue 1, January 2013, Pg. 1218-1221.

3.        Ayesha Khalid Khan, Gulistan Raja and Ahmad Khalil Khan, ”Implementation of Marker based Watershed Image Segmentation on Magnetic Resonance Imaging”, Life Science Journal 2013; 10(2): 115-118. (ISSN: 1097-8135), Pg. 115-118.

4.        Rajvi Parikh and Dr Hitesh shah, ”A Survey on Computer Vision Based Diagnosis for Skin Lesion Detection”, International Journal of Engineering Science and Innovative Technology (IJESIT) Volume 2, Issue 2, March 2013, Pg. 431-437.

5.        Arpit Maheshwari, Sachin Sonawane and Shashikant Patil, “Performance Overview, Comprehensive Assessment and Review of Image Segmentation Techniques for Natural Images”, Current Trends in Technology and Science, ISSN : 2279-053. Volume : II, Issue : VI, Pg. 367-373.

6.        D. Comaniciu and P. Meer, “Mean shift: a robust approach toward feature space Analysis,” IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. 24, no. 5, pp. 603-619, May 2002

7.        Pedro F. Felzenszwalb and Daniel P. Huttenlocher, ” Efficient Graph-Based Image Segmentation”, International Journal of Computer Vision 59(2), 167–181, 2004.

8.        R. Adams, and L. Bischof, “Seeded region growing,” IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis Machine Intelligence, vol. 16, no. 6, pp. 641-647, June, 1994.

9.        Mehmet Sezgin and Bulent Sankur, “Survey over image thresholding techniques and quantitative performance evaluation”, Journal of Electronic Imaging 13(1), 146–165 (January 2004).

10.     Lei Li, Jin-Yan Li and Wen-Yan Ding, “A new method for color image segmentation based on FSVM,” IEEE proceedings of the Ninth International Conference on Machine Learning and Cybernetics, Qingdao, pp. 664-668, July 2010

11.     Wenbing Tao, Hai Jin, and Yimin Zhang, “Color image segmentation based on mean shift and normalized cuts,” IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics-Part B: Cybernetics, Vol. 37, No. 5, Oct 2007

12.     Prerna Pachunde, Prof.Vikal.R.Ingle and Prof. Dr Mahindra. A. Gailwad, “Segmentation of Color Images Using Genetic Algorithms: A Survey”, IOSR Journal of
Electrical and Electronics Engineering (IOSRJEEE) ISSN: 2278-1676 Volume 1, Issue 6 (July-Aug. 2012), PP 09-12.

13.     Ming-Xin Zhang, Cai-Yun Zhao, Zhao-Wei Shang, Hua Li and Jin-Long Zheng, “An algorithm based on rough-set theory for color image segmentation,” IEEE Proceedings of the International Conference on Wavelet Analysis and Pattern Recognition, Qingdao, July 2010.

14.     Chunming Li, ChenyangXu, ChangfengGui and Martin D. Fox, “Distance regularized level set evolution and its application to image segmentation,” IEEE Transactions on Image Processing, Vol. 19, No. 12, pp.3243-3253

15.     Luc Vincent and Pierre Soille, “Watersheds in Digital Spaces: An Efficient Algorithm Based on Immersion Simulations,” IEEE Transactions of Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, Vol. 13, No. 6, June 1991, pp. 583-598.

16.     A. Saurabh, Yadav J. S, and Ravindranath C. C, “A novel weighted median switching filter for denoising corrupted images” International Journal of Computer Applications, Vol. 64, No.21, pp:5-11, 2013.

17.     A. Gavlasova, A. Prochazka, M. Mudrova, “Wavelet based image segmentation”, in Proceedings of the 14th Annual Conference Techincal Computing, Prague, 2006, pp.1-7.

18.     M.E. Farmer and D. Shugars. “Application of genetic algorithms for wrapper-based image segmentation and classification”. In IEEE Congress on Evolutionary Computation, pages 1300–1307, July 2006.

19.     Catalin Amza, ”A Review on Neural Network –Based Image Segmentation Techniques”, De Montfort University, Mechanical and Manufacturing Engg., The Gateway Leicester, LE1 9BH, United Kingdom, 1-23.

20.     A. Gavlasova, A. Prochazka, M. Mudrova, “Wavelet based image segmentation”, in Proceedings of the 14th Annual Conference Techincal Computing, Prague, 2006, pp.1-7.

21.     Dongwook Cho, and Tien D. Bui, “Image Inpainting Using Wavelet-based Inter- and Intra- scale Dependency”, IEEE Transactions Image Processing, 978-1-4244-2175-6, 2008.

22.     Vaibhav V Nalawade and Sachin D Ruikar, “Image Inpainting Using Wavelet Transform“, IJAET/Vol.II/ Issue IV/October-December, 2011/302-307.

23.     M.Ceylan, O.N.Ucan, Y.Özbay, R.Jennane, G.Aufort, C.L.Benhamou, “Comparison of discrete wavelet transform and complex wavelet transform in hybrid skeletonization based on cvann”, İstanbul Aydın Üniversitesi, Fen Bilimleri Dergisi, 1, 27-51, ( Üniversite Dersgisi ).

153-157

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

28.

Authors:

Eask Fernando, R. U. Kuruppu

Paper Title:

Tension Variation in Sectional Warping, Part I:  Mathematical Modeling of Yarn Tension in a Creel

Abstract:   The warping process is one of the weaving preparation processes to produce weaver’s beams which uses on weaving machines to produce grey fabrics. In sectional warping several hundreds of yarn from supply packages placed on a creel are wound onto a sectional warping drum as sections and then beaming off all warp yarns from the drum to the warper’s beam, which is used for fabric production with or without the subsequent process known as sizing. The uniform and even yarn tension in warping process is vital to produce high quality fabrics on looms with high efficiency. The authors attempted to theoretically interpret in terms of mathematical modeling the warp yarn tension in the yarn path of the creel with due consideration to various parameters in sectional warping. Further theoretically model the warp tension variation according to the geometrical position of the package on a sectional warping creel. This paper reports a study of tension variation of cotton yarn unwinding from the supply package up to the exit point of the creel of a Kakinoki sectional warping machine. Authors have developed a mathematical model to analyze tension variation within the warping creel for the packages with variable diameters  at different positions. Based on the developed mathematical model, tension was calculated at various places along the yarn path. 

Keywords:
 Sectional warping, creel, tension model, geometrical position, yarn unwinding


References:

1.       Warping&Sizing The Bombay Textile Research Association 1981
2.       Gohide,S., Exploration of Micro Machines to Textiles: Monitoring Warp Tension and  Breaks During The Formation of Woven Fabrics, PhD. thesis, faculty of North Carolina state    university, Raleigh, April,2001

3.       Nabiha Kotb, Adel El-Geiheini Investigating the Influence of The Widthwise Warp end Tension Variation on Fabric Performance Properties Autex 2009 World Textile Conference, Turkey.

4.       Milašius, R.and Milašius,V., Investigation of Unevenness of Some Fabric Cross-Section    Parameters, Fibres & Textiles in Eastern Europe July/September 2002, p.p.47-49.

5.       Uzma syed, Rafique ahmed jhatial and Mazhar hussain peerzada,  Influence of Warp Yarn Tension on Cotton Woven Fabric Structures, Mehran  University Research Journal of Engineering & Technology, Volume 32, No. 1, January, 2013 [ISSN 0254-7821]

6.       P.V.Bikadorov“Technology of weft winding” The Book,Light Industry,Moscow,1979,pp41-43.

7.       T.M.J.A Cooray, Sandun Fernando. “The Nonlinear Dynamics of Over-end Unwinding yarn     Package/Theory   and Experiment”, Journal of National Science Foundation,      Volume: 35 No.4 December 2007,pp219-224 

8.       Nadeeka Tissera,Sandun Fernando,Madhurangi Gamage. “Mathematical Modeling of  Loom Gaiting System to Define the Relationship    Between Warp Yarn Tension and Pick Density”, International Journal of Mathematical Modeling, Simulation and Applications:ISSN :0973-8355 Vol.1 No.3,2008 ,pp 277-289

9.       T.M.J.A Cooray, Sandun Fernando,” Mathematical modeling of over end Yarn withdrawal  and  a device for uniform unwinding tension” Textile Institute world conference,Colombo,Srilanka, 2007

10.     Dorgham ME,” Warping Parameters Influence on Warp Yarns Properties” Journal of        Textile Science & Engineering: Volume 3 • Issue 2 • 1000132 ISSN: 2165-8064

11.     B  Dogadev, Technological process of warp yarn winding in the textile Industry, Ivanovo  1977.

12.      EASK Fernando, TSS Jayawardana “Mathematical Modeling of Weft  yarn Tension in Pirn Winding”, Asian Transactions on   Engineering (ATE ISSN: 2221-4267), Volume 03 Issue 03 July, 2013, pp 11-17.

158-163

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

29.

Authors:

Anurag Sharma

Paper Title:

Design Study of End Effectors

Abstract:   Robots play a vital role in automation of machines.The performance of robotic manipulator is completed by the end effectors.The choice of end effector is depended on the type of task  to be performed. For holding the component and pick & place activities to the specified location gripper is selected and for different types of workshop operations various tools are fixed on the manipulator  e.g. welding electrode holder,painting spray gun etc.

Keywords:
 Robot, grippers, end effectors, manipulator, workshop operations


References:

1.        A.J. Weight Light Assembly Photos – An End Effector Exchange Mechanisms Mechanical Engineering July 1983 PP 29-35
2.        Michanel Tucker and N Duh. Perrisrisn Generalized Inverses For Kobotic Manipulator’s, Mech. Machine Theory, Volume 22, No 6 PP 507-514 1981.

3.        Steve Prehn, Robots / Automation, Machine Design Magzine, December 8,2011 PP 46,48.

4.        G.L. Luntstrorm, B Glenme, and B.W, Rocbs Industries Robots Gripper Review, International Fluidics services Ltd., Bedford, England

5.        We snyder, Industrial Robotics – Computer Interfacing and control, Rintics Hall Englewood Cliffs, NJ. 1985.

6.        Martin P.G. Robtak Explorations A Hands on Introduction to Engineering, Prientile Hall New Tessey 2001.

7.        Jang J.S.r. Sun G.T. and Minutani E Neuro Fuzzy and soft computing, Prentice Hall, New York 1997

8.        Yoshikawa T. Foundation Robotics, Analysis and control MIT Press (1988).

9.        M.P. Groover and DW simmers, Jo CAD/CAM Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1984- Chapter 11

10.     M.P. Groover, Automation, Production systems, and computer Aided manufacturing, Prentices – Hall Englewoud, cliffs, NJ 1980, Chapter1

164-168

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

30.

Authors:

Nisha Rajan S, Akash Rajan, Binulal B. R

Paper Title:

Input Maping and Simulation Analysis using Adaptive Network Based Fuzzy Inference System

Abstract:   Fuzzy logic control systems are structured numerical estimators. They combine both the numerical process and human like reasoning. Neural networks are numerical trainable dynamical systems that are able to emulate human brain functions; their connectionist structure can be used to find the proper parameters and structures that resemble human thinking rules for fuzzy logic controllers. Generally fuzzy logic is best applied to non linear, time varying, ill- defined systems, which are too complex for conventional control systems to apply. In this paper a new combinational connectionist structure is proposed which exploits the advantages of both the fuzzy and neural networks avoiding the rule-matching time of the inference engine in the traditional fuzzy logic system. Some examples are presented using MATLAB simulation to illustrate the performance and applicability of the proposed connectionist model.

Keywords:
 Fuzzifier, membership function, receptive field, hybrid learning, adaptivity, input-output mapping, ANFIS,training, epoch


References:

1.        Fu-Chuang Chen, “Back propagation Neural Network for Non linear Self-tuning Adaptive Control”, Proc. IEEE Intelligent Machine,1989,pp. 274-279
2.        J S Roger Jang and C T Sun, “ Functionalequivalance between radial basis function networks and fuzzy inference systems”, IEEE trans. Neural Networks, vol.4,1993 pp 156-159

3.        Jyh–Shing Roger Jang, “ANFIS: Adaptive Network Based Fuzzy Inference System, IEEE Transactions on systems and cybernetics”, Vol.23, No.3, 1993, pp.665-685

4.        Jang, J.-S.R., Sun, C.-T & Mizutani, E. (1997) Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing: A Computational Approach to Learning and Machine Intelligance. Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, USA, 1997.

5.        Ozgur Kisi, “Suspended sediment estimation using neuro-fuzzy and neural network approaches”, Hydrological Sciences–Journal–des Sciences Hydrologiques, 50 (4), August 2005 pp. 683-696.

6.        Zhi Rui Huang and M.N. Uddin, “Development of a simplified Neuro- Fuzzy controller for an IM drive,” in the Proc. of IEEE International Conf. on Industrial Technology 2006 , 15-17 Dec. 2006, pp. 63–68.

7.        M. N. Uddin Z. R. Huang and Md. M. Chy “A simplified self-tuned neuro-fuzzy controller based speed control of induction motor drives,” in the Proc. Of PES General Meeting 2007, 24-28 June. 2007, pp. 1–8.

8.        S. Chiu, “Fuzzy Model Identification Based on Cluster Estimation,” Journal of Intelligent and Fuzzy Systems, Vol. 2, No. 3, 1994, pp. 267-278

9.        Zadah L (1965) Fuzzy sets. National Science Foundation under Grant, U.S

10.     Negnevitsky M, et al. (2005) Fuzzy expert system. In: (ed) Artificial intelligent a guide to intelligent systems, 2nd edition. Pearson Education, England

11.     Kolokotsa, D., Tsiavos, D., Stavrakakis, G. S., Kalaitzakis, K., and Antonidakis, E., 2001, “Advanced Fuzzy Logic Controllers Design and Evaluation for Building Occupants Thermal-Visual Comfort and Indoor Air Quality Satisfaction,” Energy Build., 33_6_, pp. 531–543

12.     Westphalen, D., Roth, K. W., and Brodrick, J., 2003, “Fuzzy Logic for Controls,” ASHRAE J., 45_6_, pp. 31–47.

13.     Calvino, F., Gennusa, M. L., Rizzo, G., and Scaceianoce, G., 2004,     “The Control of Indoor Thermal Comfort Conditioning: Introducing a Fuzzy Adaptive
Controller,” Energy Build., 36_2_, pp. 97–102.  

14.     Gagarin, N., Flood, I., and Albrecht, P., 1994, “Computing Track Attributes With Artificial Neural Networks,” J. Comput. Civ. Eng., 8_2_, pp. 179–200.

15.     Thibault, J., and Grandjean, B. P. A., 1991, “Neural Network Methodology for Heat Transfer Data Analysis,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer, 34_8_, pp. 2063– 2070.
16.     Theodoridis, S., and Kontroumbas, K., 1999, Pattern Recognition, Academic, New York.
17.     Kalogirou, S. A., 1999, “Applications of Artificial Neural Network in Energy Systems—A Review,” Energy Convers. Manage., 40, pp. 1073–1087.

18.     Khosla, R., and Dillon, T., 1997, Engineering Intelligent Hybrid Multi-Agent Systems, Kluwer, Dordrecht

19.     Moon, S. K., and Chang, S. H., 1994, “Classification and Prediction of the Critical Heat Flux Using Fuzzy Theory and Artificial Neural Networks,” Nucl. Eng. Des., 150

169-174

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

31.

Authors:

Subhradeep Pal, Bharat Gaikwad, Aman Sharma

Paper Title:

FYDP Management System with a Novel Pedagogical Strategy for Study of Science at Bachelor’s & Master’s Level

Abstract:   Learning management systems have become a revolution in the field of education. Privatisation of education has paved the way for such technology. Nowadays even government institutions have started incorporating virtual learning environment in their systems. Learning management system is a broad domain. It has a diverse range of features which address variety of problems that were earlier faced by academic circles. One of the features that attend the needs of final year students in bachelor and master’s level is a Final Year Degree Project (FYDP) handler system. But not much has been done to improve the system. The existing FYDP management system covers very few fields like computer science engineering, IT, and few other engineering departments. Science departments hardly benefit out of it. In this draft I have proposed a new pedagogical strategy that will take care of FYDPs of microbiology, biotechnology and some other science departments. The strategy is conceptualised following Learning Collaboratory Framework (LUCIDIFY). Based on the pedagogy I have built a FYDP management system application. I have developed a Model Driven Architecture (MDA) for the purpose of building the application.

Keywords:
 LUCIDIFY, FYDP, Pedagogy, Process specification, MDA, Application Development


References:

1.        Carlos López Nozal, José Francisco Diez Pastor,Jesús Maudes Raedo, and Raúl Marticorena Sánchez, “An Innovative Moodle Final Project Management Module for Bachelor and Master’s Studies,” IEEE Revista Iberoamericana De Tecnologias Del Aprendizaje, vol. 8, no. 3, august 2013
2.        Michael C. Dorneich, “A System Design Framework-Driven Implementation Of a Learning Collaboratory,” IEEE Transactions On Systems, Man, And Cybernetics—Part A: Systems And Humans, vol. 32, no. 2, march 2002

3.        Song Jian-gong, “Design and Application of Collaborative Learning System based on Web to Database Experiment Teaching,” 2010 1nternational Conference on Educational and Information Technology (lCEIT 2010), 978-1-4244-8035-7/10/$26.00 © 2010 IEEE

4.        Jingfeng Li, Jian Chen*, and Ping Chen, “Modeling Web Application Architecture with UML,” 0-7695-0875-8/00 510.00 0 2000 IEEE

5.        Pierre-Alain Muller , Philippe Studer, Fr´ed´eric Fondement , and Jean Bezivin, “Platform independent Web application modeling and development with Netsilon,” Software & System Modeling (2005) 00: 1–19 DOI 10.1007/s10270-005-0091-4

6.        Frank Truyen, “The Basics of Model Driven Architecture (MDA),”Cephas Consulting Corp: Architecture Oriented Services,2006

7.        I. Rožanc, “Framework for Web Application Domain Knowledge Extraction,” MIPRO 2013, May 20-24, 2013, Opatija, Croatia

8.        Marius Dragomiroiu’, Marian Ventuneac*, Ioan Salomie, and Tom Coffey, “Application Framework Development for Virtual Learning Environments,” 25th Int. Conf. lnformation Technology lnterfaces IT/ 2003, June 16-1 9, 2003, Cavtat, Croatia

9.        Carlos López, David H. Martín, Andrés Bustillo, And Raúl Marticorena, “Final Year Project Management Process,” Área De Lenguajes Y Sistemas Informáticos. Universidad De Burgos. Escuela Politécnica Superior Edf. C 09006 Burgos,España

10.     Ammar Al-Shalabi1,S. B. Chee,Narish Singh, and B. F. Yousif, “Framework for Orienting Engineering Undergraduate Final Year Projects towards New Product Innovation Process,” Communications of the IBIMA, Volume 1, 2008

11.     Norul Ashikin Abu Kasim, and Teddy Surya Gunawan, “Virtual-Learning Content Management System for Problem-Based Learning (PBL) Courses,” International Conference on Computer and Communication Engineering (ICCCE 2012), 3-5 July 2012, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

12.     Robert Schuppenies, and Sebastian Steinhauer, “Software Process Engineering Metamodel,” OMG: Formal/02-11-14

13.     Nuno Antunes, and Marco Vieira, “ Defending against Web Application Vulnerabilities,” 0018-9162/12/$31.00 © 2012 IEEE

14.     Wei Cui, Lin Huang, LiJing Liang, and Jing Li, “The Research of PHP Development Framework Based on MVC Pattern,” 2009 Fourth International Conference on Computer Sciences and Convergence Information Technology, 978-0-7695-3896-9/09 $26.00 © 2009 IEEE

15.     Abdesselam Redouane, “Guidelines for Improving the Development of Web-Based Applications,” Proceedings of the Fourth International Workshop on Web Site Evolution (WSE’02)0-7695-1804-4/02 $17.00 © 2002 IEEE

16.     Wen-Shuenn Wu, “The application of Moodle on an EFL collegiate writing environment” Journal of Education and Foreign Languages and Literature, V. 7, June 2008, p.45-56

17.     Maria Beatriz Piedade, and Maribel Yasmina Santos, “Student Relationship Management: Concept,Practice and Technological Support,” 978-1-4244-2289-0/08/$25.00 ©2008 IEEE

18.     Mohammad Saleem Darwaish, and Fang Wang, “Investigation and Prototype Design of Collaborative Virtual Learning Enivronments,” 2012 IEEE/WIC/ACM International Conferences on Web Intelligence and Intelligent Agent Technology

19.     Mario Barajas, and Martin Owen, “Implementing Virtual Learning Environments: Looking for Holistic Approach,” Educational Technology & Society 3(3) 2000 ISSN 1436-4522

175-179

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

32.

Authors:

Sanjay S. Sutar, Pravin R. Kubade, Sunil S. Jamadade

Paper Title:

Fatigue Life Estimation of Pressure Reducing Valve Diaphragm

Abstract:   Predicting the fatigue life of component exactly under the operating conditions is a challenging task in design engineering. In this work, fatigue life of pressure reducing valve diaphragm has been predicted which works under steam pressure. The fatigue life is predicted analytically by Goodman diagram using stress values given by different approaches suggested by M. Di Giovanni, Roark’s, Timoshenko and Nadai. The stress and deflection values given by different analytical approaches have shown good agreement with Finite Element Analysis (FEA) results. Finally experimental fatigue testing for fatigue life estimation of the pressure reducing valve diaphragm has been done for its maximum stroke.

Keywords:
 Pressure reducing valve, rigid center, endurance limit, fatigue life.


References:

1.        M. Di Giovanni, “Flat and Corrugated Diaphragm Design Handbook”, 1982, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York.
2.        Richard C.Rice, Society of Automotive Engineers Fatigue, “SAE Fatigue Design Handbook”, 3rd Edition, (1997).

3.        Dr. Piyush Gohil, Hemant N. Panchal, Siddiqi Mahmud Sohail, Devang V. Mahant, “Experimental and FEA Prediction of Fatigue Life in Sheet Metal (IS 2062)”, International Journal of Applied Research & Studies.

4.        Albert E. Macpherson, Walter ramberg and Samuel levy, “Normal Pressure Tests of Circular Plates with Clamped Edges”, Report No. 744, National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics.

5.        S. Timoshenko, S. Woinowsky Krieger, “Theory of Plates and Shells”, 1959, Second Edition, McGraw-Hill Book Company, pp. 403-404.

6.        Warren C. Y. and Richard G. B, “Roark’s Formulas for Stress and Strain”, Seventh Edition, McGraw-Hill Book Company, pp. 448-449.

7.        J.E.Shigley, Charles R.mischke, S. krishnamurthy “Shigley’s Mechanical Engineering Design”, Eighth Edition, Mechanical Engineering, McGraw-Hill Book Company, pp.278.

8.        Mahesh L. Raotole, Prof. D. B. Sadaphale , Prof. J. R.Chaudhari, “ Prediction of Fatigue Life of Crank Shaft using S-N Approach” , International Journal of Emerging Technology and Advanced Engineering, Volume 3, February 2013.

9.        R. Tang and F. Erdogan, “Clamped Rectangular Plate ContainingCrack”, Theoretical and Applied Fracture Mechanics, Volume 4, Issue 3, December (1985), pp. 233-243.

180-188

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

33.

Authors:

D P Balachandran, R Sreerama Kumar, B Jayanand

Paper Title:

Detection of Inrush Current in Transformers Based on Instantaneous Reactive Power

Abstract:   When a transformer is energized on no load there is a transient inrush current which causes mal-operation of protective relays. The challenge is to distinguish the inrush current from load and fault currents. In this paper, a new technique, based on instantaneous reactive power theory is proposed for the detection of inrush current in single-phase transformers. During inrush current as the lower order harmonics are significant, the average value of instantaneous reactive power becomes negative, and hence this feature is utilized in this paper to distinguish inrush currents from other currents. Investigations are carried out for different faults and switching conditions on a single-phase transformer using PSCAD software. The simulation results show that the proposed method is able to effectively identify inrush currents from other currents.

Keywords:
 Inrush current, transformer faults, instantaneous reactive power.


References:

1.       S.V. Kulkarni and S.A Khaparde, Transfrmer Engineering: Design and Practice. New York: Marcel Dekker, 2004.
2.       S P Patel “Fundamentals of Transformer Inrush”, Proceedings of the 64th IEEE Annual Conference for Protective Relay Engineers, pp 290-300, Oct. 2011.

3.       K.P Basu and Stella Morris, “Reduction of Magnetizing Inrush Current in Traction Transformer”, 3rd International Conference on  Electric Utility Deregulation and Restructuring and Power Technologies, DRPT,April 2008.

4.       J. A. Sykes and I.F. Morrison, “A Proposed method of Harmonic restraint differential  protecting of transformers by digital computer,” IEEE Transactions on Power App. Sys, Vol. PAS 91, No.3, pp. 1266-1272, May1972.

5.       T.S. Sindhi, M.S. Sachdev, H.C. Wood and M. Nagpal, “Design, implementation and testing of a microprocessor based high speed relay for detecting transformer winding faults,” IEEE Transactions on Power Delivery, Vol.7, No.1, pp. 108-117, Jan 1992.

6.       O.A.S. Youeseef  “A wavelet based technique  for discrimination between faults and magnetizing inrush currents in transformers,”

7.       IEEE Transactions on Power Delivery,Vol.18, No.1, pp. 171- 176, Jan 2003.

8.       P. L. Mao and R. K. Agarwal, “A wavelet Transform based Decision making logic method for discrimination between internal faults and inrush current in power Transformers”, Electrical Power and Energy Systems, vol.22, pp.389-395, 2000.

9.       R. Sedigh and Mr. Haghifam “Detection of  inrush current in distribution transformer using wavelet transform” International journal of Electrical Power and Energy Systems Vol.27, issue 5-6 pp. 361-370, Jul 2005.

10.     P Hirofumi Akagi, Yoshihira Kanazawa and Akira Nabae, “Instantaneous Reactive Power Compensators Comprising Switching Devices without Energy Storage Components”, IEEE Transactions on Industry Applications, vol.27, no.1, Jan 2012.

11.     Juraj Altus, Jan Michalik, Branislav Dobrucky and L.H.Viet, “Single Phase Power Active Filter using Instantaneous Reactive Power Theory-Theoretical and Practical Approach”, Journal of Electrical Power Quality and Utilization, vol.11, no.1, pp. 33-37, 2005.

12.     P. Hirofumi Akagi, Edson Hirokazu Wattanabe and Mauricio Aredes, “Instantaneous Power Theory and Applications to Power Conditioning”, John Wiley and Sons, inc., Publications. 2007.

13.     Turner R A, Smith K S “Transformer inrush currents”, IEEE Industry Applications Magazine, pp 14-19 Sept/Oct 2010.

189-192

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

34.

Authors:

Banh Tien Long, Ngo Cuong, Nguyen Huu Phan, Pichai Janmanee

Paper Title:

Machining Properties Evaluation of Copper and Graphite Electrodes in PMEDM of SKD61 Steel in Rough Machining

Abstract:   Electrode materials have a great impact on the productivity and quality of electrical discharge machining (EDM). This study investigated the material removal rate (MRR) and surface quality after EDM using powder mixed dielectric fluid (PMEDM). The chemical composition of the surface which affected the tool wear rate (TWR) was evaluated. Titanium powder, copper (Cu) and graphite (Gr) electrodes were used. Results showed that mixing titanium powder in the oil dielectric fluid significantly affected MRR, TWR and the quality of the machined surface using EDM. Titanium powder mixed in the dielectric fluid increased MRR, decreased TWR, surface roughness (Ra) and thickness of the temperature-affected machined area. The chemical composition and the surface profile changed in a positive direction and the microscopic surface hardness increased. Results indicated that PMEDM is a viable method to improve the productivity, accuracy and surface quality in EDM.

Keywords:
 EDM; PMEDM; MRR; TWR; H13.


References:

1.        P. Pecas, E. Henriques, Influence of silicon powder-mixed dielectric on conventional electrical discharge machining, International Journal of Machine Tools & Manufacture 43, 2003, P.1465–1471.
2.        P. Pecas and E. Henriques, Effect of the powder concentration and dielectric flow in the surface morphology in electrical discharge machining with powder-mixed dielectric (PMD-EDM),International journal advance manufacturing technology, Vol. 37, (2008), P. 1120–1132 

3.        K. Furutani, A. Sanetoa, H. Takezawaa, N. Mohri, H. Miyakeb, Accretion of titanium carbide by electrical discharge machining with powder suspended in working
uid, Precision Engineering Journal of the International Societies for Precision Engineering and Nanotechnology 25, 2001, P.138–144.

4.        J. Simao, H.G. Lee, D.K. Aspinwall, R.C. Dewes, E.M. Aspinwall, Workpiece surface modification using electrical discharge machining, International Journal of Machine Tools & Manufacture 43, 2003,  P.121–128.

5.        K. Furutani, H. Sato, M. Suzuki, Influence of electrical conditions on performance of electrical discharge machining with powder suspended in working oil for titanium carbide deposition process, Int J Adv Manuf Technol, 2009.

6.        S. Kumara,  U. Batra, Surface  modification  of  die  steel  materials  by  EDM  method  using  tungsten powder-mixed  dielectric, Journal  of  Manufacturing  Processes 14, 2012, P.35–40.

7.        K. Furutani, K. Shiraki, Deposition of lubricant layer during finishing process by electrical discharge machining with molybdenum disulphide powder suspended in working fluid, JSME/ASME International Conference on Materials and Processing, 2002, P. 468–473.

7.K. Furutani (2003), Electrical Conditions of Electrical Discharge Machining with Powder Suspended in Working Oil for Titanium Carbide Accretion Process, Proceedings of International Conference on Precision Engineering (ICoPE03/04), 2004, P. 532–538, Singapore.

8.        V. S. Ganachari, M. V. Kavade, S. S. Mohite, Effect of mixture of Al and SiC powder on surface rounghness in PMEDM using Taguchi method with GRA optimization, Int. J. Adv. Engg. Res. Studies II, 2013, P. 04 – 07.

9.        V. Parkash, D. Kumar, Effect of Powder Mixed Dielectric Medium on Tool Wear Rate in EDM, IJSR – International journal of scientific research, Vol 2, Issue 2, 2013.

10.     K. H. Syed, P. Kuppan, Studies on Recast-layer in EDM using Aluminium Powder       Mixed Distilled Water Dielectric Fluid, IJET, Vol 5, 2013, 1775-1780.

11.     B.Govindharajan, P.Meivel, C.Chelladurai, K.Avinaash, Performance and Analysis of Nickel Mixed Kerosene. Servotherm in EDM of Monel 400TM, Journal of Innovative Research and                Solution (JIRAS)- A unit of  UIIRS, Vol 1, No.1, 2014.

12.     G. Singh, P. Singh, G. Tejpal, B. Singh, effect of machining parameters on surface roughness of  SKD61 steel in EDM process using powder mixed fluid, International Journal of Advanced Engineering Research and Studies,Vol. 2, 1, 2012, P148-150.

13.     K. N. Khedkar,T. P. Singh, S. V. Jatti, Material migration and surface improvement of OHNS die steel material by EDM method using tungsten powder-mixed dielectric, WSEAS          Transactions on Applied & Theoretical Mechanics, Vol. 9, 2014.

14.     V. Kumar, Mr. Rajpal, M. Singh, Experimental Study of Surface Parameters of EN31 on Powder Mixed EDM using Taguchi Methodology, International Journal for Scientific Research & Development, Vol. 2, Issue 07, 2014.

15.     M. A. Razak, A. M. A. Rani, A. M. Nanimina, Improving EDM Efficiency with Silicon Carbide Powder-Mixed Dielectric Fluid, International Journal of Materials, Mechanics and Manufacturing, Vol. 3, 1, 2015.

16.     P. Bleys, J.-P. Kruth, B. Lauwers, B. Schacht, V. Balasubramanian, L. Froyen, J. VanHumbeeck, Surface and sub-surface quality of steel after EDM, Advanced engineering materials, Vol 8, 2, 2006, P.15-25.

17.     N. Mohri, N. Saito, M.  Higashi, N. Kinoshita, A New Process of Finish Machining  on Free Surface by EDM Methods, Annals of the CIRP, Vol. 40, 1991, P. .

18.     Banh Tien Long, Ngo Cuong and Nguyen Huu Phan, Experimental Investigations of Hot Forging Die Surface Layer of Skd61 Steel in Die Sinking Electrical Discharge
Machining, Journal of Materials Science and Engineering B 4 (8) (2014) 226-231.

19.     L. C. Lee, L. C. Lim, V. Naryanan, V. C. Venkatesh, Quantification of surface damage of tool steels after EDM, International Journal of Machinery Tools &Manufacture, Vol 28, 1987, P. 359–372.

20.     B. T. Long, N. Cuong, N. H. Phan, N. D. Man, P. Janmanee, Effects of Titanium Powder Concentrations during EDM Machining Efficiency Of Steel SKD61 Using Copper Electrode, International Journal of Advance Foundation And Research In Science & Engineering   (IJAFRSE), Volume 1, Issue 7, December 2014, P. 9
-18.

21.     B. T. Long,  N. Cuong, N. H. Phan, Study on surface material layer quality of SKD61 die sink in Electrical discharge machining using titanium electrode in oil dielectric fluid, The 15th International Symposium on Eco-materials processing and Design – ISEPD2014.

22.     B. T. Long,  N. Cuong, N. H. Phan, H. A. Toan, P. Janmanee, Enhanced material removal rate and surface quality of SKD61 steel in electrical discharge machining with graphite electrode in rough machining, International Journal of Scientific Engineering and Technology, Vol 4, 2, 2015, 103-108.

193-202

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

35.

Authors:

M. Sangeetha, P. Bhuvaneswari, A. Sujitha, P. Nandhini, C. Gurulakshmi

Paper Title:

Biological Data Prediction Using Two Mode Grouping Bayesian Principal

Abstract:   The development of DNA chip technology makes it possible that high-throughput gene expression profiles could be observed simultaneously in particular living organism. The obtained data are usually shown in the form of matrix with genes in rows and experimental conditions in columns. However, these matrices often contain missing values caused by various factors, such as hybridization failures, insufficient resolution, or deposition of dust or scratches on the slide. The subsequent analyses of gene expression data (e.g. clustering, inferring regulatory model, or finding functional gene) always require the complete matrices. Repeating the experiments to obtain a complete gene expression matrix is usually costly and unpractical. Omitting the gene expression profile vector with missing values may lose useful information. Substituting the missing values with zeros or row averages lead the change of variance among variables. So an efficient imputation method for the missing value is needed.

Keywords:
 DNA Chip, Hybridization, Clustering, Genes


References:

1.        Amir Ben-Dor, Benny Chor, Richard Karp, and Zohar Yakhini. Discovering local structure in gene expression data: The order–preserving submatrix problem. In Proceedings of the 6th International Conference on Computacional Biology (RECOMB’02), pages 49–57, 2002.
2.        Pavel Berkhin and Jonathan Becher. Learning simple relations: theory and applications. In Proceedings of the 2nd SIAM International Conference on Data Mining, pages 420–436, 2002.

3.        Stanislav Busygin, Gerrit Jacobsen, and Ewald Kramer. Double conjugated clustering applied o leukemia microarray data. In Proceedings of the 2nd SIAM International Conference on Data Mining, Workshop on Clustering High Dimensional Data, 2002.

4.        Andrea Califano, Gustavo Stolovitzky, and Yunai Tu. Analysis of gene expression microarays for phenotype classification. In Proceedings of the International Conference on Computacional Molecular Biology, pages 75–85, 2000.

5.        Yizong Cheng and George M. Church. Biclustering of expression data. In Proceedings of the 8th International Conference on Intelligent Systems for Molecular Biology (ISMB’00), pages 93–103, 2000.

6.        Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, and Cliffoord Stein. Introduction to Algorithms. The MIT Electrical Engineering and Computer Science Series. The MIT Press, 2nd edition, 2001.

7.        Inderjit S. Dhillon. Co-clustering documents and words using bipartite spectral graph partitioning. In Proceedings of the 7th ACM SIGKDD International Conference on Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining (KDD’01), pages 269–274, 2001.

8.        Inderjit S. Dhillon, Subramanyam Mallela, and Dharmendra S. Modha. Information-theoretical co-clustering. In Proceedings of the 9th ACM SIGKDD International Conference on Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining (KDD’03), pages 89–98, 2003.

9.        D. Duffy and A. Quiroz. A permutation based algorithm for block clustering. Journal of Classification, 8:65–91, 1991.

10.     G. Getz, E. Levine, and E. Domany. Coupled two-way clustering analysis of gene microarray data. In Proceedings of the Natural Academy of Sciences USA, pages 12079–12084, 2000.

11.     Dan Gusfield. Algorithms on strings, trees, and sequences. Computer Science and Computational Biology Series. Cambridge University Press, 1997.

203-207

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

36.

Authors:

Jyotiprakash G. Nayak, L .G. Patil

Paper Title:

A Comparative Study of Prevalent Water Quality Indices in Streams

Abstract:   Indian Rivers like Ganga , Godavari, Brahmputra, Krishna, Cauvery ,Tungabhadra etc. are getting heavily polluted by untreated sewage of cities,agricultural runoff infected due to excessive dose of  insecticides, untreated industrial wastewater etc.(Bhargava,2007). Almost 200 million people in India do not have access to safe and clean drinking water and 90% of the country’s water resources are polluted. As per an estimate by C.P.C.B. in 2011, only 29 % of wastewater generated  is being treated in urban centres having population more than 50,000 in india and 71%  as untreated waste water is being discharged to our rivers, streams and lakes, making them highly polluted. Even some of the our developed cities in India like Pune,Nagpur & Nashik are treating only 70 to 80 % of city sewage (report TOI.April 2013), so the sewage pollution caused by ordinary indian town & village can be imagined. This precipitates the urjent need of identifying the water quality status of our rivers ,to save the human race form water borne diseases & other associated aspects. Water quality status of the river at any place & point of time can be easily ascertained by determining it’s Water Quality Index. Some water quality indices have been developed to evaluate water quality in States,Canada & other countries. These indices are based on important water quality parameters like DO,Turbidity,Coliform no. etc..They give the true status of river water quality, usually give the same result, but may have some limitations under specific cases.The present paper does, a comparative evaluation of these prevalentwater quality indices, practiced in different countries.

Keywords:
 Fecal Coliform; DO; BOD; WEPWQI ; NSFWQI


References:

1.        Ahmed Said,David.K. Stevens,Gerald Sehlke, , Environmental    Assessment- An   Innovative Index  for   Evaluating  Water  Quality   in  Streams,J. Springer Environmental   Management, 2004 Vol. 34, No. 3,pp. 406–414
2.        Ashok  Lumb, Doug Halliwell, Application of CCME  Water Quality Index to  Monitor  Water   Quality: A   Case  of the  Mackenzie   River   Basin, Canada , J. Springer  Monitoring  & Assessment, 2006,113:   411–429

3.        APHA,2012, American Public Health Association,Standard methods for the examination  of water and wastewater,22th ed. L.S. Clesceri,A.E. Greenberg and A.D. Eaton,Washington D.C.,1220 pp.

4.        Basin, Water quality information references, National Sanitation Foundation,  water  quality index, 2001. Available :   http://bcn.boulder.co.us/basin/data/info/references.html

5.        Bordalo A  A,Nilsumranchit W, Chalermwat K, Water quality and uses of the  Bangpakong  River (Eastern Thailand),Water Res. 2001,35(15) : 3635- 3642

6.        Canadian Council of Ministers of the Environment(CCME)(2001),Canadian water  quality  guidelines for the protection of aquatic life:CCME Water Quality Index 1.0, Technical Report in Canadian environment quality guidelines,1999,Winnipeg:Canadian  Council of  Ministers of the Environment. Available :      http://www.ccme.ca/assests/pdf/wqi_techprtfetsht_e.pdf 

7.        CPCB (2001-02(a)) Water quality status and statistics.monitoring of Indian national Aquatic resources series(MINARS). MINARS/14. Central Pollution Control Board ,Delhi,India

8.        Cude, C. Oregon water quality index: A tool for evaluating water quality management  effectiveness.  J. American Water Resources Association, . 2001,37:125-137.

9.        Deepshikha Sharma, Arun Kansal, , Water quality analysis of River Yamuna using water quality index in the national   capital  territory, India  (2000–2009), 2011, J.  Springer Applied  Water  Science, Short Research Communication,1:147-157

10.     Debels P,Figueroa R, Evaluation of water quality in the Chillian    river (central  Chile) using physicochemical parameters and modified water quality index, 2005, J.   Springer Environ Monit  Assess 110:301-322

11.     Pesece SF,Wunderlin DA . Use of water quality indices to verify theimpact of   Cordoba  city (Argentina) on Suquya river. J. Water Res. 2000,34(11):2915-2926 

12.     Santosh M. Avvannavar & S. Shrihari,. Evaluation of  water  quality index  for     drinking purposes for river Netravathi, Mangalore, South India,J. Environmental  Monitoring & Assessment, 2008, 143:279–290

13.     SAFE. 1995. Strategic assessment of Florida’s environment Florida stream water  quality  index, statewide summary available :   http://www.pepps.fsu.edu/safe/environ/swq1. html.

14.     WEP. 1996. Lower Great Miami watershed enhancement program    (WEP),Miami  valley river  index,available : http://www.mvrpc.org/wq/wep.htm.

15.     Zandbergen, P. A., and K. J. Hall.. Analysis of the British Columbia water quality  Index  for watershed managers: A case study of two small watersheds.  J. Water
Quality Research. Canada , 1998, 33:519-549

16.     Sewage treatment status report in Times of india 13th April 2014 Compiled from CPCB website.

208-212

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

Volume-4 Issue-4

 Download Abstract Book

S. No

Volume-4 Issue-4, April 2015, ISSN:  2249-8958 (Online)
Published By: Blue Eyes Intelligence Engineering & Sciences Publication Pvt. Ltd. 

Page No.

1.

Authors:

Vandai Le, Xinran Li, Caoquyen Le, Honghu Zhou

Paper Title:

A Fuzzy Logic based Adaptive Control of TCSC for Power Oscillations Damping

Abstract:    This paper presents an approach to the designing of a fuzzy logic-based adaptive Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor (FLBA-TCSC) controller via minimum total energy function method to improve the power oscillation damping of a wide area power system control and enhance system stability. Within the new control strategy, using a combination of a Fuzzy logic control (FLC) and SCADA signal to establish control rules, which monitor TCSC operations with respect to various working conditions of the power system. The effectiveness of proposed approach has been validated through various simulation cases of the three phase faults at different locations of the Vietnamese power network. In order to verify the performance of the proposed control, the proposed controller is compressed with a traditional and none TCSC model. The simulation results show that the proposed control scheme improves the dynamic stability and provides the effective damping of generator angle oscillations and power ones.

Keywords:
  TCSC, energy function, angle oscillation, power oscillation, dynamic stability.


References:

1.              N. G. Hingorani and L. Gyugyi, “Understanding FACTS concepts and technology of flexible AC transmission syste,” IEEE Press, New York, 2000.
2.              H. Salman, D. Biswarup and P. Vinay, “Reduced rule base self-tuning fuzzy PI controller for TCSC”, Electrical Power and Energy Systems, Vol.32, 2010, pp.1005-1013.

3.              E. Acha, V. G. Agelidis, O. Anaya-Lara and et al, “Power electronic control in electrical system,’’ Butterworth Heinemann Oxford, 2002.

4.              R. Narne, J. P. Therattil and P. C. Panda, “Improving power system transient stability by PSS and hybrid Fuzzy-PI based TCSC controllers”, Engineering and Systems, 2012.

5.              H. Salman, “Power System Stability Enhancement Using Reduced rule base self-tuning fuzzy PI controller for TCSC,” IEEE transmission and distribution conference and exhibition, 2010.

6.              S. K. Rautray, S. Choudhury, S. Mishra and et al, “A Particle Swarm Optimization Based Approach For Power System Transient Stability Enhancement With TCSC,”  Procedia Technology, Vol. 6, 2012, pp.31-38.

7.              E. S. Ali and S. M. Abd-Elazim, “Coordinated design of PSSs and TCSC via bacterial swarm optimization algorithm in a multimachine power system,” Electrical Power and Energy Systems, Vol. 36, 2012, pp. 84-92.

8.              J. M. Ramorez-Arredondo and R. Davalos-Marin, “TCSC control based on passivity for power system damping enhancement,” Electrical Power and Energy Systems, Vol. 23, 2001, pp. 81-90.

9.              D. Z. Fang, Y. Xiaodong, S. Wennan and et al, “Oscillation transient energy function applied to the design of a TCSC fuzzy logic damping controller to suppress power system inter-area mode oscillations,” IEE Proc-Generator Transmisionline Distribution, Vol. 150, No. 2, March, 2003,  pp. 233–241.

10.           K. Phorang, M. Leelajindakraireak and M. Y. Leelajindakraireak, “Damping improvement of oscillation in power system by fuzzy logic based SVCstabilizer,” IEEE transmission and distribution conference and exhibition,  2002, pp. 1542-1547.

11.           N. Vititanont and K. Hongesombut, “TCSC Based on Phase-Plane Fuzzy Logic Control for Wide-Area Power System Stabilization,” IEEE International Conference, 2013.

12.           E. S.  Ali and S. M. Abd-Elazim, “TCSC damping controller design based on bacteria foraging optimization algorithmfor a multimachine power system,” Electrical Power and Energy Systems, Vol. 37, 2012, pp.23-30.

13.           M. Khederzadeh and T. S. Sidhu, “Impact of TCSC on the Protection of Transmission Lines,”  IEEE Transactions on Power Delivery, Vol. 21, No. 1, Jan, 2006, pp. 80-87.

14.           P. Kundur, “Power system stability and control,” McGraw-Hil, New York, USA, 1994.

15.           W. T. Carson, “Power System Voltage Stability,” McGraw-Hill, New York. 1994.

16.           Gomez-Exposito, A. J. Conejo and C. Canizares, “Electric Energy Systems Analysis and Operation,”  CRC Press, 2009

17.           K. N. Stanton,“Dynamic Energy Balance Studies for Simulation of Power-Frequency Transients,”  IEEE PICA Conference, 1971.

18.           M. P. Kazmierkowski, R. Krishnan and F. Blaabjerg, “Control in Power Electronics: Selected Problems,” ACADEMIC Press, 2002.

1-7

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

2.

Authors:

Anuja C. Tikole, Vikash V. Kamle, Shekhar J. Jadhav, Aditya S. More, Asmita Mali

Paper Title:

An Assembly of Discrimination Prevention Techniques in Data Mining

Abstract:     Data mining is the extraction of implicit, previously unknown, and potentially useful information from available data. The idea is to make computer programs that come through databases automatically, seeking regularities or patterns. In data mining, the data is stored electronically and search is automated by computer. Data mining is about solving problems by analyzing data already present in databases. There are, however, negative social perceptions about data mining, among which unjustifiable access and potential discrimination. Discrimination consists of unfairly treating people on the basis of their belonging to a particular group. Automated data collection and data mining techniques such as classification rule mining gives the way to making automated decisions, for e.g., loan granting/denial, insurance premium computation, etc. If the training data sets are biased in what regards discriminatory (sensitive) attributes as  gender, race, religion, etc., discriminatory decisions may happen. Due to this, antidiscrimination techniques including discrimination discovery and prevention have been introduced in data mining .Discrimination is a presuppose privileges where provide to the each separate group for the safety of the data which is stored . Discrimination can be either direct or indirect. Direct discrimination finds  when decisions are made based on sensitive attributes. Indirect discrimination occurs when decisions are made based on non-sensitive attributes which are strongly correlated with biased sensitive ones. In this paper, proposed system covers discrimination prevention in data mining and propose new techniques applicable for direct and indirect discrimination prevention both at the same time.

Keywords:
   Data mining, Direct and  Indirect Discrimination prevention, Antidiscrimination.


References:

1.              S. Hajian, J. Domingo- Ferrer, “A Methodology For Direct And Indirect Discrimination Prevention In Data Mining,” Proc. IEEE transact. knowledge and data engineering, vol. 25, no. 7,pp.1041-4347, 2013.
2.              S. Hajian, J. Domingo-Ferrer, and A. Martı´nez-Balleste´, “Discrimination Prevention in Data Mining for Intrusion and Crime Detection,” Proc. IEEE Symp. Computational Intelligence in Cyber Security (CICS ’11), pp. 47-54, 2011.

3.              D. Pedreschi, S. Ruggieri, and F. Turini, “Discrimination-Aware Data Mining,” Proc. 14th ACM Int’l Conf. Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining (KDD ’08), pp. 560-568, 2008.
4.              R. Agrawal and R. Srikant, “Fast Algorithms for Mining Association Rules in Large Databases,” Proc. 20th Int’l Conf. Very Large Data Bases, pp. 487-499, 1994.
5.              S. Hajian, J. Domingo-Ferrer, and A. Martı´nez-Balleste´, “Rule Protection for Indirect Discrimination Prevention in Data Mining,” Proc. Eighth Int’l Conf. Modeling Decisions for Artificial Intelligence (MDAI ’11), pp. 211-222, 2011.

6.              F. Kamiran and T. Calders, “Classification without Discrimination,” Proc. IEEE Second Int’l Conf. Computer, Control and Comm. (IC4 ’09), 2009.

7.              F. Kamiran and T. Calders, “Classification with no Discrimination by Preferential Sampling,” Proc. 19th Machine Learning Conf. Belgium and The Netherlands, 2010.

8.              S. Ruggeri, D. Pedreschi, and F. Turini, “Data Mining for Discrimination Discovery,” ACM Trans. Knowledge Discovery from Data, vol. 4, no. 2, article 9, 2010.

8-12

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

3.

Authors:

Jolly John, Asha Latha Thampuran, B. Premlet

Paper Title:

Acoustic Comfort of Schools in Tropical Humid Climate

Abstract:      This paper reports the investigation on acoustic comfort of school buildings in tropical warm humid climate. In this type of climate the intrusion of external noise into the classrooms along with cross ventilation is unavoidable. Studies have been carried in 30 secondary schools located in Kollam district of Kerala in India. The two important acoustic parameters viz., background noise and reverberation time which affect the acoustical comfort were measured on site, in the school environment and a few selected classrooms in all schools. The measured values were compared to the acoustical recommendations of Bureau of Indian standards. The acoustical study on one of the schools is presented in detail. The study reveals a strong need of improving the acoustical comforts in school environments and classrooms. The study also reveals that a simple treatment to the ceiling and walls could improve the acoustic comfort in classrooms.

Keywords:
    Acoustic comfort, background noise, reverberation, ambient noise level, sound insulation, tropical climate


References:

1.                 Paulo.H.T.Zannin, Daniele Petri Zanardo Zwirtes, “Evaluation of acoustic performance of classrooms in public schools,” Applied Acoustics, 2007; 70:626-635.
2.                 Luban D Sutherland. Good classroom acoustics is a good investment. In International congress on acoustics ICA, Rome, Italy: 2001. Proceedings.

3.                 CA Mydlarz, R Conetta, D Connolly, TJ Cox, JE Dockrell, BM Shield. “Comparision of environment acoustic factors in occupied school classrooms for 11-16 year old students,” Building and Environment. 2013; 60:265-271.

4.                 E.L.Kruger, PHT Zannin. “Acoustic, thermal and luminous comfort in classrooms,”Building and Environment .2004; 39:1055-1063.

5.                 P.H.T.Zannin, Marcon CR. “Obective and Subjective evaluation of acoustic comfort in classrooms,” Applied Ergonomics.2007; 38:675-680.

6.                 VA Collect da Graca, DCCK Kowaltowski, JRD Petreche. An evaluation method for school building design at the preliminary phase with optimization of aspects of environmental comfort for the school system of the State Sao Paulo in Brazil. Building and Environment. 2007; 42:984- 999.

7.                 Carl.C.Crandell, Joseph.J .Smaldino. “Classroom Acoustic for children with normal hearing and with hearing impairment. Language, speech and hearing services in school,” Oct 2000; Vol3:.362- 370.

8.                 Hui Xie,Jian Kang,Roger Tompsett. “The impact of environmental noise on the academic achievements of secondary school students in Greater London,” Applied Acoustics. 2011;72: 551- 555.

9.                 S.K.Tang. Speech related acoustical parameters in classrooms and their relationships. Applied Acoustics 2008; 69:1318-1331.

10.              Arianna Astolfi,Vincenzo Corrado,Alessia Griginis. “Comparison between measured and        calculated parameters for the  acousticalcharacterization          of  small  classrooms.” Applied Acoustics.               2008; 69:966- 976.

11.              Che-Ming Ching, Chi-Ming Lai.“Acoustical environment evaluation of Joint Classrooms for elementary school in Taiwan. Building and Environment.” 2008; 43:1619-1632.

12.              G  Muthu  Shoba  Mohan.  “Acoustical criteria for a better learning environment in classrooms,” International conference, IIT Madras,Chennai,India.Feb 2013.Proceedings.

13.              2011 Census data of India –census.india.gov.in.

14.              www.education.kerala.gov.in.

15.              Koenigsberger, Ingersoil, Mayhew,Szokolay. Manual of Tropical Housing and Building- Climate design. India: Orient Longman Ltd; 2001.

16.              Kerala Muncipality Building Rule -1999, 15th edition.

17.              National Building Code of India 2007. Beauro of Indian Standards. New Delhi.

18.              Bruel and Kjaer. Measurements in Building Acoustics. 2006 ;www.bk.dk

19.              Lawrence E Kinsler, Austin R Frey, Allen b Coppens, James V Sandens. Fundamentals of Acoustic .4th edition, John Wiley & Sons; 2000.

20.              Selma Kurra, Levent Dal. Sound insulation design by using noise maps. Building and Environment. 2012; 49:219-303.

21.              M.David Egan, Architectural Acoustic. J.Ross publishing, 2008.

22.              Building Bulletin -93 UK. Acoustic Design of schools – a design guide.

23.              www. BATOD. Org.UK- Specification for Acoustic Performances

13-19

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

4.

Authors:

S. Karthick, P. Karthick, K. Kowsik, M. Maheswari

Paper Title:

Integrated Coastal Area Management

Abstract:     An ICAM is regarded as a way to improve the quality of life of communities dependent on coastal area resource and maintain the ecosystem. The considerable efforts undertaken on all continents to carry out refine the concept of ICAM have resulted in its adoption as the key paradigm for the sustainable development of coastal areas. In this paper highlights the implementation of ICAM to develop the coastal areas both economical and environments. Here we discussed many problems, the coastal manager myth, and the positivist illusion. The results show the development of coastal area with the help of ICAM programs.

Keywords:
Quality in both economical and environmental aspects


References:

1.              Archer, J. H. and M.C. Jarman. 1992. Sovereign rights and responsibilities: Applying public trust principles to the management of EEZ space and resources. Ocean & Coastal Management 17(1):251-270.
2.              Bower, B.; C. H. Ehler; and D. Basta. 1994. A Framework for Planning for Integrated

3.              Coastal Zone Management. NOAA/NOS Office of Ocean Resources Conservation and assessment, Silver Spring, Maryland.

4.              Chua Thia-Eng. 1993. Essential elements of integrated coastal zone management. Ocean & Coastal Management 21:81-108.

5.              Cicin-Sain, B. 1992a. Multiple use conflicts and their resolution: Toward a comprehensive research agenda. In Ocean Management in Global Change, ed., P. Fabbri, pp. 280-307. New York: Elsevier Applied Science.

6.              1992. Research agenda on ocean governance. In Ocean Governance: A New Vision, ed. B. Cicin-Sain, pp. 9-16. Newark, Delaware: University of Delaware, Center for the Study of Marine Policy.

7.            1998. Integrated Coastal and Ocean Management: Concepts and Practices. Washington, DC: Island Press.

20-23

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

5.

Authors:

Vyavahare M.D, Kataria S. S

Paper Title:

Library Management Using Real Time Face Recognition System

Abstract:      This paper an automated system for human face recognition in a real time background world for a large homemade dataset of persons face. The task is very difficult as the real time background subtraction in an image is still a challenge. Addition to this there is a huge variation in human face image in terms of size, pose and expression. The system proposed collapses most of this variance. To detect real time human face Ada Boost with Haar cascade is used and a simple fast PCA and LDA is used to recognize the faces detected. The matched face is then used to mark attendance in the laboratory, in our case. This library management system is real time attendance system based on the human face recognition with a simple and fast algorithms and gaining a high accuracy rate. There two data base one is student data base and other is library data base system.

Keywords:
  PCA; Principal Component Analysis,2. Fast PCA;  Fast Principal Component Analysis,3. LDA; Linear Discriminant Analysis , 4.Ada Boost ;Adaptive boost ,5. GUI; Graphical user interface.


References:

1.                K.Susheel kumar ,Shital Prasad ,Vijay Bhaskar Semwad .RC Tripathi “Real time Face Recognition Using Adaboost Improvbed Fast PCA Algorithm ,”IJAIA .Vol.2,No.3.July 2011.
2.                Shuicheng Yan, Huan Wang, Jianzhuang Liu, Xiaoou Tang, Huang, T.S. “Misalignment-Robust Face Recognition” Dept. of Electr. &Comput. Eng., Nat. Univ. of Singapore, IEEE Xplore , march 2010,vol 19, pages 1087 – 1096

3.                L. Sirovich and M. Kirby, “Low-Dimensional procedure for the characterization of humanfaces,” J. Optical Soc. of Am., vol. 4, pp. 519- 524, 1987.

4.                Xiaoyang Tan, Triggs. “Enhanced Local Texture Feature Sets for Face Recognition Under Difficult Lighting Conditions “ Dept. of Comput. Sci. & Technol., Nanjing Univ. of Aeronaut.&Astronaut. Nanjing, China, IEEE computer science society, February 2010,vol 19,page 1635.

5.                M. Kirby and L. Sirovich, “Application of the Karhunen- Loève procedure for the characterisation of human faces,” IEEE Trans. Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence,vol.12, pp. 831-835, Dec.1990.

6.                Yin Zhang, Zhi-Hua Zhou, “Cost-Sensitive Face Recognition “Nat. Key Lab. for Novel Software Technol., Nanjing Univ., Nanjing, China IEEE, December 2009

7.                L. Zhao and Y.H. Yang, “Theoretical analysis of illumination in pcabased vision systems, ”Pattern Recognition, vol. 32, pp. 547-564, 1999.

8.                Pentland, B. Moghaddam, and T. Starner, “View-Based and modular Eigen spaces for face recognition,” Proc. IEEE CS Conf. Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition, pp. 84-91, 1994.

9.                Yueming Wang, Jianzhuang Liu, Xiaoou Tang “Robust 3D Face Recognition by Local Shape Difference Boosting” Dept. of Inf. Eng., Chinese Univ. of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, China ,IEEE Xplore, January 2010

10.             Belhumeur, V., Hespanda, J., Kiregeman, D., 1997, “Eigenfaces vs. fisherfaces: recognition using class specific linear projection”, IEEE Trans. on PAMI, V. 19, pp. 711-720.

11.             Roger (Ruo-gu) Zhang, Henry Chang, “A Literature Survey of Face Recognition And Reconstruction Techniques,” December 12, 2005.

12.             Y. Ryu and S. Oh, “Automatic extraction of eye and mouth fields from a face image using eigen features and multiplayer perceptrons,” Pattern Recognition, vol. 34, no. 12,pp. 2459–2466,2001.

13.             D. Cristinacce and T. Cootes, “Facial feature detection using ada boost with shape constraints,”in Proc. 14th British Machine Vision Conference, Norwich, UK, Sep.2003, pp. 231–240.

14.             L. Wiskott, J.M. Fellous, N. Kruger, and C. von der Malsburg, “Face recognition by elastic bunch graph matching,” IEEE Trans. Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence,vol. 19, no. 7,pp. 775–779, 1997.

15.             K. Toyama, R. Feris , J. Gemmell, and V. Kruger, “Hierarchical wavelet networks for facial feature localization,” in Proc. IEEE International Conference on Automatic Face and Gesture Recognition, Washington D.C., 2002, pp. 118–123.

16.             T.F. Cootes, G.J. Edwards, and C.J. Taylor, “Active appearance models,” IEEE Trans. Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. 23, no. 6, pp. 681–685, Jun. 2001.

17.             J. Xiao, S. Baker, I. Matthews, and T. Kanade, “Real-time combined 2D+3D active appearance models,” in Proc. IEEE Computer Society Conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition, 2004, pp. 535–542.

18.             Alok Sharma, Kuldip K. Paliwal, Fast principal component analysis using fixed-point algorithm, Journal Pattern Recognition Letters, Volume 28, Issue 10, 15 July 2007, Pages 1151-1155.International Journal of Artificial Intelligence & Applications (IJAIA), Vol.2, No.3, July 2011 58

19.             Zhiming Liu, Jian Yang, ChengjunLiu.“Extracting Multiple Features in the CID Color Space for Face Recognition” Dept. of Comput. Sci., New Jersey Inst. of Technol., Newark, NJ, USA IEEE Xplore, April 2010,pages 2502 – 2509

20.             Y. Freund and R.E. Schapire. A decision-theoretic generalization of on-line learning and an application to boosting. In Proceedings of the Second European Conference on Computational Learning Theory, pages 23–37. Springer-Verlag, 1995.

24-27

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

6.

Authors:

K. Kumar

Paper Title:

Printed Monopole Antenna Using Inductive Stub and Defected Ground Structure

Abstract:    A new type of triple band antenna is proposed for wireless applications. The proposed structure printed on FR4 substrate with εr = 4.3, h = 1.6 mm and tan δ = 0.008. The size of the radiating element is 11.2 x 6.0 mm2. Both the triple band antenna and the feeding microstrip line are printed on the same substrate, leading to a fully planar structure. The Defected Ground Structure is employed to enhance the bandwidth. The measured -10 dB return loss impedance bandwidth for the first band is about 4.0 – 4.5 GHz (11.76%) with a resonance mode excited at 4.2 GHz, for the second band is about 5.2 – 5.8 GHz (10.90%) with a resonance mode excited at 5.9 GHz and for the third band is about 6.2 – 7 GHz (12.12%) with a resonance mode excited at 6.5 GHz. The performances of the antenna with optimized parameters are characterized in terms of reflection coefficient, gain, and radiation pattern.

Keywords:
   monopole antenna; bandwidth; radiation pattern; return loss


References:

1.              Liu, W.-C., C.-M. Wu, and Y. Dai, “Design of triplefrequency microstrip-fed monopole antenna using defected ground structure,” IEEE Transactions on Antenna and Propagation, Vol. 59, No. 7, 2457–2463, July 2011.
2.              Kumar C & Guha D  ‘A new look into the cross-polarized radiation form a circular microstrip antenna and suppression using dot shaped DGS’, IEEE Antennas and Propagation Symposium Digest. 2010,

3.              Liu WC, Wu  CM, &  Dai Y , ‘Design of triple-frequency microstrip-fed monopole antenna using defected ground structure’, IEEE Trans. Antennas and Propag., vol. 59, no. 7, pp. 2457-2463. 2011

4.              Kang, L., H. Wang, X. H. Wang, and X. Shi, “A Compact ACS fed antenna with rectangular SRRs for tri-band operation,” Electron. Lett., Vol. 50, No. 16, 1112-1114, Jul. 2014.

5.              G. Teni, N. Zhang, J. Qiu, and P. Zhang, “Research on a novel miniaturized antipodal Vivaldi antenna with improved radiation,” IEEE Antennas and Wireless Propagation Letters, vol. 12, pp. 417–420, 2013.

28-31

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

7.

Authors:

Pankaj Banyal, N Singh, A.A Kazmi

Paper Title:

Assessment of Decentralized Wastewater Treatment Systems for Sanitation of Small Communities using A Qualitative Approach Methodology: A Case Study from Northern India

Abstract:     To date different technologies based wastewater treatments have been actualized at full scale level over the world; however the integral elements for the determination of most suitable treatment framework are still obscure. The present study is fervent to the investigation of 11 decentralized sewage treatment plants in Northern India using a qualitative approach methodology in which distinctive focus was paid to economic indicator of these plants. A total of eight technologies i.e. Package type (including Anaerobic , Anaerobic +Aerobic treatment and Anaerobic +Aerobic treatment ), and cluster type, i.e. Extended Aeration (EA), Moving bed Bio-film Reactor (MBBR), Sequencing Batch reactor (SBR), Membrane Bio reactor (MBR),Rotational Biological Contractor (RBC) were counted in this field review. As a component of the qualitative evaluation of these plants, land requirement, capital investments, operation and maintenance (O&M) costs and treatment efficiencies (in terms of BOD, COD, TSS removal) were selected as determining broader indicator in the cull of the felicitous wastewater treatment system in developing countries like India. An intensive field campaign was run and data obtained by conventional field visits + preset questionnaire format for analyzing results to gain insight into available technologies as per capacity wise classification of small scale plants. The study analyzed approximate cost of treatment in the range of 4.4 to 6.8 Rs/m3 (±15%) for On-site Package treatment plant and Rs (₹) 3.0 to 10.1 (±15 -20%) for Cluster Type (< 5.0 MLD) as per design flow, Land usage for package type @ 4.0 to 40 m2 (±20%), 220.0 to 7630.3 m2 (±20%) for cluster type, Capital investment @ ₹ 82.5 to 833.3 (±20%) Lacs/MLD for Package type and for cluster type @ 80.4 to 528.6 (±20%) Lacs/MLD; Specific power consumption @ < 0.7 (±10%) KW-h/m3 for design flow and 0.15 to 1.76 (±10%) KW-h/m3 for Actual Flow, technical performance was pragmatic with % BOD removal @ 65 to 98%, % COD removal 66 to 98 % and % TSS removal 65 to 97 % .These results give a test and an opportunity for the research community and market leader to choose a suitable option of similar regions. The results of this study allow users and engineer to choose the treatment system according to their resources available viz. –a- viz. requirement.

Keywords:
Decentralized sewage treatment plants; Specific power consumption; Operation and maintenance; Economic analysis


References:

1.              Massoud, M. A., Tarhini, A. & Nasr, J. A. 2009. Decentralized approaches to wastewater treatment and management: Applicability in developing countries. Journal of Environmental Management 90, 652–659.
2.              Chong, M. N., Sharma, A. K., Burn, S. & Saint, C. P. 2012. Feasibility study on the application of advanced oxidation technologies for decentralized wastewater treatment. Journal of Cleaner Production 35, 230–238.

3.              Ho, G. 2005. Technology for sustainability: the role of onsite, small and community scale technology. Water Science &Technology 51 (10), 15–20.

4.              Singh, N.K., Kazmi, A.A., &Starkl, M. 2014. A review on full-scale decentralized wastewater treatment systems: techno-economical approach. Water Science &Technology. doi:10.2166/wst.2014.413.

5.              Wang, S. 2014. Values of decentralized systems that avoid investments in idle capacity within the wastewater sector: A theoretical justification. Journal of Environmental Management 136 (1), 68–75.

6.              Starkl, M., Parkinson, J., Narayanan, D. & Flamand, P. 2012. Small is beautiful but is large more economical? Fresh views on decentralized Vs centralized wastewater management. Water21, June 2012 45–47.

7.              Singh, M. & Srivastava, R. K. 2011. Sequencing batch reactor technology for biological wastewater treatment: a review. Asia-Pacific Journal of Chemical Engineering. 6, 3–13.

8.              Merriam, S. B. 1998. Qualitative research and case study applications in education. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

9.              Brown, P.A. 2008. A review of the literature on case study research. Chandian Journal for new scholar in education. Vol. 1(1)

10.           Apha, Awwa. “WEF, 2005.” Standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater 21 (1999); 258-259.

11.           Igor Bodik, 2013. “Environment protection Engineering, 2013. Energy and sustainability of operation of wastewater treatment plant. Vol 39 No 2.

32-39

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

8.

Authors:

Siddharth Sinha, Ayoush Johari

Paper Title:

DWT, DKT and DCT Based Hybrid Transform Implimentation for Lossless Compression of RGB Color Image

Abstract:      High quality color image obliged expansive measure of space to store and extensive data transmission to transmit it. Because of impediments in data transfer capacity and away space, it is primary prerequisite to layers computerized color image. To meet this, various picture pressure procedures are created in last a few years. This research paper presents a peculiar Hybrid Wavelet Transform technique for Image compression using three orthogonal transforms. The concept of hybrid wavelet transform is to combine the attributes of two or more different orthogonal transform wavelet to attain the vitality of multiple transform wavelet. Proposed approach is to generate hybrid wavelet transform with three orthogonal transform using together which are Discrete Cosine transform, Discrete Wavelet transform and Discrete Kekre Transform. These all are lossy compression techniques. On several image simulation has been carried out. The experimental result has shown that hybrid transform wavelet performance is best as compared to transform wavelets. Here the hybrid of DWT, DCT and DKT provides the best result amongst the individual mentioned transforms.

Keywords:
Image compression; Hybrid Wavelet Transform; Discrete Wavelet Transform; DWT; Discrete Cosine Transform; DCT; Discrete Kekre Transform; DKT


References:

1.                 Sanjeev Kumar and Varun Sood, “Quality Assessment of colour image compression using Haar Wavelet Transform”, International Journal of Engineering Trends and Technology, 266-269, 2012.
2.                 Dr. H.B Kekre, Dr. Tanuja Sarode and Prachi Natu, “Image Compression Using Real Fourier Transform, Its wavelet Transform and Hybrid Wavelet Transform”, International Journal of Advanced Computer science and Application, 2013.

3.                 V.V Sunil Kumar and M.Indra Sena Reddy, “image compression technique by using wavelet transform”, journal of Information Engineering and applications, 2012.

4.                 M. J. Nadenau, J. Reichel, and M. Kunt, “Wavelet Based Colour Image Compression: Exploiting the Contrast Sensitivity Function”, IEEE Transactions Image Processing.

5.                 H.B.kekre, Sudeep D. Thepade and Adib Parkar, “A Comparison of Haar Wavelets and Kekre‟s Wavelets for Storing Colour Informationin a Greyscale Image”,
International Journal of Computer Applications (IJCA),32-38, 2010.

6.                 H.B.Kekre, Sudeep D. Thepade and Akshay Maloo, “Performance Comparison of Image Retrieval Techniques using Wavelet Pyramids ofWalsh, Haar and Kekre Transforms”, International Journal of Computer Applications (IJCA), 1-8, 2010.

7.                 H.B.Kekre, Sudeep D. Thepade and Akshay Maloo, “Face Recognition using Texture Features Extracted form Walshlet Pyramid”, ACEEE International Journal on Recent Trends in Engineering and Technology (IJRTET), 2010.

8.                 Dr.H.B.Kekre, Sudeep D. Thepade and Akshay Maloo, “Face Recognition using Texture Features Extracted from Haarlet Pyramid”, International Journal of Computer Applications (IJCA), 41-45, 2010.

9.                 Dr. H.B Kekre, Dr. Tanuja Sarode and Prachi Natu, “Image Compression based on Hybrid wavelet transform generated using orthogonal component transform of different sizes”, International Journal of soft computing and Engineering, 2013.

10.              J. L. Walsh, “A Closed Set of Orthogonal Functions”, AmericanJournal of Mathematics, 5-24, 1923.

11.              N. Ahmed, T. Natarajan and K. R. Rao, “Discrete CosineTransform”, IEEE Transaction Computers, 90-93,1974.

12.              W. Chen, C. H. Smith and S. C. Fralick, “A Fast Computational Algorithm For The Discrete Cosine Transform”, IEEE Transaction Communications,1004-1008, 1977.

13.              Dr.H.B.Kekre and Sudeep D. Thepade, “Image Retrieval using Non-Involutional Orthogonal Kekre’s Transform”, International Journalof Multidisciplinary Research and Advances in Engineering (IJMRAE), 189-203, 2009.

14.              Dr.H.B.Kekre, Sudeep D. Thepade, Archana Athawale, Anant S., Prathamesh V. and Suraj S., “Kekre Transform over Row Mean, Column Mean and Both using Image Tiling for Image Retrieval”, International Journal of Computer and Electrical Engineering (IJCEE), 964-971, 2010.

15.              R. V. L. Hartley, “A more symmetrical Fourier analysis applied to transmission problems”, Proceedings of IRE 30, 144–150, 1942.

16.              R. N. Bracewell, “Discrete Hartley transform,” Journal of Opt. Soc. America, 1832–183 , 1983.

17.              R. N. Bracewell, “The fast Hartley transform,” Proc. of IEEE 1010–1018 ,1984

18.              Dr.H.B.Kekre, Sudeep D. Thepade, Juhi Jain and Naman Agrawal, “IRIS Recognition using Texture Features Extracted from Haarlet Pyramid”, International Journal of Computer Applications (IJCA),1-5, 2010.

19.              Dr.H.B.Kekre, Sudeep D. Thepade and Akshay Maloo, “Query by image content using color texture features extracted from Haar wavelet pyramid”, International Journal of Computer Applications (IJCA) for the special edition on “Computer Aided Soft Computing Techniques for Imaging and Biomedical Applications”,
2010.

20.              Harjeetpal Singh and Sakhi Sharma, “Hybrid Image Compression using DWT, DCT & Huffman Encoding Techniques”, International Journal of Emerging Technology and Advanced Engineering, 2012.

21.              Er. Ramandeep kaur Grewal and navneet Randhawa, “image compression using Discrete cosine Transform & wavelet transform”, International Journal of Computing & Business Research.

40-45

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

9.

Authors:

Aparna Gale, S.S.Salankar

Paper Title:

Performance Analysis on Iris Feature Extraction Using PCA, Haar Transform and Block Sum Algorithm

Abstract:       Iris recognition is the most accurate biometrics which has received increasing attention in departments which require high security. In this paper, we make a Comparative study of performance of image transforms using Haar transform, Principle of Component Analysis (PCA), Block sum algorithm technique for iris verification.  to extract features on specific portion of the iris for improving the performance of an iris recognition system. The main aim of this paper is to show that how can we get better overall accuracy than the existing methods of feature extraction of iris recognition system. The proposed methods are evaluated by combining Haar transform and block sum algorithm based upon False Rejection Rate (FRR) and False Acceptance Rate (FAR) and the experimental results show that this technique produces good performance on CASIA VI iris database.

Keywords:
  Iris recognition, biometrics, Block sum algorithm, Haar transform, PCA. 


References:

1.                Pravin S. Patil(April 2012),” The Comparison of Iris Recognition using Principal Component Analysis, Log Gabor and Gabor Wavelets”, International Journal of Computer Applications (0975 – 8887) Volume 43– No.1.
2.                J. G. Daugman (1993), “High confidence visual recognition of persons by a test of statistical independence”, IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, 15(11), 1148–1161.

3.                J. Daugman (1994), “Biometric Personal identification System based on iris analysis”, US patent no. 529160.

4.                R. V. Patil, K. C. Jondhale (2009),” Content Based Image Retreival Based on Phase Congruency Via Log Gabor Wavelet Filters”,Proceedings of ICCVGIVP 2009. Nagpur, pp 84-85.

5.                Prakash K.S.S., RMD Sundaram (2007),” Combining Novel Features for Content Based Image Retrieval”, Sixth EURASIP Conference focused on Speech and Image Processing, 373-376.

6.                Murugan( Dec.2011),” Fragmented Iris Recognition System using BPNN”, International Journal of Computer Applications (0975 – 8887) Volume 36– No.4.

7.                Kshamaraj Gulmire, Sanjay Ganorkar , “Iris Recognition Using Gabor Wavelet”. International Journal of Engineering Research & Technology (IJERT) Vol. 1 Issue 5, July – 2012.

8.                Mr. Babasaheb G. Patil , Dr. Mrs. Shaila Subbaraman“SVD-EBP Algorithm for Iris Patten Recognition”

9.                Jong-Gook Ko , Yeon-Hee Gil and Jang-Hee Yoo, “Iris Recognition using Cumulative SUM based Change Analysis” . International Symposium on Intelligent Signal _ w Processing and Communication Systems (ISPACS2006) 2006 Yonago Convention Center, Tottori, Japan.

10.             Usham Dias1, Vinita Frietas2, Sandeep P.S.3,  “A neural network based iris recognition system for personal Identification”

11.             Murugan( Dec.2011),” Fragmented Iris Recognition System using BPNN”, International Journal of Computer Applications (0975 – 8887) Volume 36– No.4.

12.             Dr. H.B.Kekre(October 2011),”  Iris recognition using Partial Coefficients by applying Discrete Cosine Transform, Haar Wavelet and DCT Wavelet Transform”,
International Journal of Computer Applications (0975 – 8887) Volume 32– No.6.

13.             Pravin S. Patil(June 2012),” Performance Evaluation in Iris Recognition and CBIR

14.             System based on Phase Congruency” International Journal of Computer Applications (0975 – 888) Volume 47– No.14.

46-49

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

10.

Authors:

T. Sivackani

Paper Title:

DC-DC Boost and Buck/Boot Converter with Electrolyser and Fuel Cell

Abstract:   Now a day’s Electrical energy is the most important and powerful one used as large energy level. Fuel cell energy is used as alternate and non harmful energy source used in many applications. For this generation an Electrolyser is used to produce hydrogen through Electrolysis. Due to this Electrolysis H2 gas is produced and stored. This H2 gas is send to fuel cell and produce electricity whenever it is needed. This electrolyser is connected to an DC bus via a DC-DC boost converter.This boost converter give a constant voltage to Electrolyser even if there is any variation in DC bus voltage. A  Buck/Boost converter is used in between fuel cell and DC bus.This will Boost when the bus voltage is reduced and Buck the voltage if the bus votage is high.This type generation will not produce any harmful gases and hazard’s

Keywords:
   Electrolyser, Electrolysis, DC_DC boost converter, Buck/Boost s.


References:

1.           Tsai-Fu Wu, Senior Member, IEEE, Chia-Ling Kuo, Kun-Han Sun, Yu-Kai Chen, Yung-Ruei Chang, Member, IEEE, and Yih-Der Lee, Member, IEEE  “Integration and Operation of a Single-Phase Bidirectional Inverter With Two Buck/Boost MPPTs for DC-Distribution Applications”, IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON POWER ELECTRONICS, VOL. 28, NO. 11, NOVEMBER 2013
2.           Application  Deepak S. Gautam, and Ashoka K.S. Bhat, Fellow, IEEE “A Two-Stage Soft-Switched Converter for Electrolyser”, Fifteenth National Power Systems Conference (NPSC), IIT Bombay, December 2008

3.           Emmanuel Zoulias1, Elli Varkaraki1, Nicolaos Lymberopoulos1, Christodoulos N. Christodoulou2 and George N.  Karagiorgis2 1 Centre for Renewable Energy Sources (CRES), Pikermi, Greece 2 Frederick Research Center (FRC), Nicosia, Cyprus “A review on water       electrolysis”

4.           R. Samuel Rajesh Babu, Joseph Henry “A Comparison of Half Bridge &  Full Bridge Isolated DC-DC Converters for Electrolysis Application” International Journal of Soft Computing and Engineering (IJSCE) ISSN: 2231-2307, Volume-1, Issue-4, September 2011

5.           J. A. Sabate, V. Vlatkovic, R.B. Ridley, F.C. Lee and B.H. Cho, “Design      considerations for high voltage, high power,    full-bridge            ZVS PWM converters,” IEEE Applied Power Electronics Conf., 1990, pp. 275-284.

6.           D.J. Shortt, W.T. Michael, R.L. Avert, and R.E. Palma, “A 600 W four stage phase-shifted parallel DC to DC converter,”, IEEE   Power Electronics Specialists Conf., 1985, pp. 136-143.

7.           V. Nguyen, J. Dhayanchand, and P. Thollot, “A multiphase topology series-resonant DC-DC converter,” in Proceedings of Power conversion International, 1985, pp. 45-53.

8.           D.S. Gautam and A.K.S. Bhat, “A comparison of soft-switched DC-to-       DC converters for Electrolyser application”, IEEE IICPE Conf. Record CD, Chennai, 2006.

9.           D. S. Gautam, “Soft-Switched DC-to-DC Converters for Power Conditioning of Electrolyser in a Renewable Energy System,” M.A.Sc Thesis, Dept. of ECE, University of Victoria, 2006.

10.        H. Bodur and A. F. Bakan, “A new ZVT-PWM DC-DC converter,”IEEE Trans. on Power Electr., vol. 17, no. 1, Jan. 2002, pp. 40-47.

11.        R. Streit and D. Tollik, “High efficiency telecom rectifier using a novel soft-switched boost based input current shaper”, IEEE INTELC Conf.  Record, 1991, pp.720-726.

50-52

www.blueeyesintelligence.org/attachments/File/fee/2checkout_download.html

11.

Authors:

Shubhangi Kolhe, Chaitrali Dhumal, Pratik Kumar, Achal Badgujar

Paper Title:

Image Encryption Using Reversible Data Hiding by Reserving Room before Encryption

Abstract:    This work proposes a novel scheme for reversible data hiding in encrypted images reserving room before encryption. In the first phase, a content owner performs the image partition and creates space for data accommodation and then en